“llahinoor: Awakening the Divine Human is a well-woven journey

drawn from prevailing scientific theory, ancient mythology, and

personal experience. Kiara Windrider effortlessly combines

multi-cultural threads into a rich tapestry of hope and practical

application. This is truly a comprehensive guide to understanding

and awakening our divine expression.”

— Lisa Wimberger, Author of New Beliefs, New Brain

“Ilahinoor is a synthesis of right and left brain understanding

of upcoming Earth and consciousness changes, as well as

a practical method to help us through those changes. Kiara’s

journey has been an adventure story in itself, one that has

taken him to a visionary perspective that he embodies with

gentleness and humility.”

— Mary Lou Johnson, Founder,

Canadian Holistic Nurses Association

“The strength and flow of my Source connection has been

greatly enhanced by my experiences with Ilahinoor.”

— Kimberley Jones, “The Energy Whisperer” and

Author of Soul Whispers

“In this remarkable, objective, and soothing exploration of

the exciting times we live in, Kiara Windrider allows us to

directly experience the evolutionary shift in consciousness

that is our personal and planetary destiny, mediated by a

galactic light now flowing through us. Kiara refers to this

galactic field as llahinoor, and with the customary clarity

and simplicity that marks him and his writings, he shows

us how we can each consciously connect with this field,

ascending in consciousness even as the Light descends into

our body and transforms it. Pay close attention: Ilahinoor is

the light-line from the Divine here to save us from extinction.’

— Nilima Bhat, Founder/Director of Sampurnah - The

Wholeness Practice ([Link])

“llahinoor is a truly precious and powerful gift for those

yearning to receive and integrate Kiara Windrider’s guidance

on their journey for spiritual awakening and wisdom surrounding

the planet’s shifting process.”

— Alexandra Delis-Abrams, Ph.D., Author of Attitudes,

Beliefs, and Choices

“How amazing to find ourselves in this momentous time in

history. Despair often seems our only choice of response, but

Kiara Windrider provides us with some of the most inspiring

and hopeful navigational tools we will find anywhere. His work

is well researched, poetic, and beautifully written. You will

not find a more exciting guide to our planetary future — and

most exciting is that under his gentle guidance, we can all be

participants in this galactic wave of re-birth.”

— Carol and John Wiebe, Educators and

Peace/Environmental Activists

“Having conducted Ilahinoor groups and teleconferences for

over four years, we are continually impressed by how power-

fully it catalyzes the embodiment of the Divine Light. There is

nothing of greater importance at this crucial evolutionary time

than continuing to raise the quotient of the Living Light we

embody.”

— Barry Martin Snyder, Evolutionary Catalyst and

Co-Author of Birthing the Luminous Self

“This book offers welcome practical advice about how one

can actually energetically prepare for the biggest change that

humanity has ever experienced. Here’s how to anticipate and

be prepared.”

— John L. Petersen, Editor of FUTUREdition and Author of

A Vision for 2012: Planning for Extraordinary Change

ilahinoor

AWAKENING THE DIVINE HUMAN

KIARA WINDRIDER

QO

DIVINE

ARTS

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

Published by DIVINE ARTS

[Link]

An imprint of Michael Wiese Productions

12400 Ventura Blvd. # 1111

Studio City, CA 91604

(818) 379-8799, (818) 986-3408 (Fax)

[Link]

Cover design by Johnny Ink [Link]

Cover Art: Rodrigo Adolfo

Model: [Link]

Copyediting by Annalisa Zox-Weaver

Book Layout by Gina Mansfield

Dorina Maciejka - illustrations (dorinam@[Link])

Blog: [Link]

Roger Uhrig - diagrams ([Link]@[Link])

Printed by McNaughton & Gunn, Inc., Saline, Michigan

Manufactured in the United States of America

© 2012 Kiara Windrider

All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced in any form or by

any means without permission in writing from the publisher, except for the

inclusion of brief quotations in a review.

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

Windrider, Kiara.

llahinoor : awakening the divine human / Kiara Windrider.

p. cm.

ISBN 978-1-61125-010-7

1. Spiritual life--Miscellanea. |. Title.

BF1999.W632 2012

204--dc23

2011039290

Printed on Recycled Stock

CONTENTS

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS viii

FOREWORD iX

PREFACE - A DREAM xi

PART I - THE BIG PICTURE 1

Chapter 1. A Galactic Heartbeat 2

Chapter 2. Planetary Cycles 4

Chapter 3. Geomagnetic Reversals 8

Chapter 4. Three Days of Darkness 13

Chapter 5. A New Sun 17

Chapter 6. A Supramental Light 21

Chapter 7. The Golden String 24

PART II - ILAHINOOR, “A DIVINE LIGHT” 29

Chapter 8. Journey into Healing 30

Chapter 9. The Deeksha Movement 34

Chapter 10. Call to Turkey 36

Chapter 11. Emergence of Ilahinoor 38

Chapter 12. A Bridge to the Subconscious 41

Chapter 13. Return to Egypt 45

Chapter 14. The Mystery of Akhenaton 49

Chapter 15. Darkness into Light 52

PART IIl - PRACTICE GUIDELINES 57

Chapter 16. Experiments with Ilahinoor 58

Chapter 17. The Basic Treatment 60

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

Chapter 18. The Holographic Merkaba

Chapter 19. Diagonal Treatments

Chapter 20. Spinal Treatment

Chapter 21. Miscellaneous Treatments

Chapter 22. Addiction and Trauma Release

Chapter 23. Planetary Linking

PART V - FURTHER CONTRIBUTIONS TO ILAHINOOR

Chapter 24. Call of the Sky Mother

by Grace Sears

Chapter 25. Our Journey with Ilahinoor

by Barry Martin and Karen Anderson

Chapter 26. Embodying Divine Light

by Sarah Godwin

Chapter 27. The Gift of the Sufi

by Rahmana Dziubany

Chapter 28. Techniques for Transmission

by Arthur Collins

Chapter 29. A Grandmaster’s Story

by Peter Herriger
Chapter 30. Enlightenment and Burnout

by Sophia Hildebrand

Chapter 31. My Discovery of Ilahinoor

by Sean Copping-Rice

Chapter 32. The Shaman’s Journey

by Sophia Clemenceau

Chapter 33. Manifesting the Light body

by Karin Batliner

vi

70

74

83

88
94

98

107

108

116

145

157

163

173

180

185
195

198

Chapter 34. Attuning to All Life

by Janice Geiser

Chapter 35. From the Egocentric to the Divine

by Kirstin Dennis

Chapter 36. The Sacred Feminine

by Kathleen Landbeck

Chapter 37. Rediscovering My Inner Light

by Lila Heart

Chapter 38. Dying into Life

by Franz llah Loibner

Chapter 39. Within One Moment

by Tara Birgit Schallek

Chapter [Link] Resonance with Divine Love

by Dini Visser

Chapter 41. llahinoor and Deeksha

by Aurelia Taylor

Chapter 42. Communicating with Animals

by Barbara Maleah Chyska

Chapter 43. Rivers of Life

by Martina Nerg!/

Chapter 44.A Medley of Illahinoor Experiences

End Notes

About the Author

vii
206

210

220

228

234

237

239

245

248

250

252
263

264

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

| wish to acknowledge some of the forces permeating the llahinoor field:

The Galactic Mother, who drives solar and planetary evolution

Our Earth Mother Gaia in her own journey of awakening

The whales and dolphins who inhabit Gaia’s oceans

Earth dragons, elohim, and the elemental spirits of nature

Helpers from the angelic and archangelic realms

Ascended Masters who have been guiding our collective journey

The field of Supramental Light anchored by Mother and Sri Aurobindo

The mystery schools and neters of ancient Egypt

Sufi traditions inspired by Mevlana Jelaluddin Rumi

Ordinary humans willing to share the Light with open hearts

The One Spirit that Moves through All Things

To the Divine Mother in all her forms

And to the mother who birthed me into this life,

| dedicate this book.

Vili
FOREWORD

Kimberley Jones

“Let your heart’s light guide you to my house.

Let your heart’s light show you that we are one.”

— Rumi

As foreseen by the ancients, we are waking from a long dark night

of separation and materialism, emerging into an integral, intercon-

nected worldview. Our sun is now in alignment with the Galactic

Center. The evolutionary pulse from our Great Mother is rever-

berating through our consciousness, bathing us in Source energy,

awakening us to the infinite possibilities of our quantum, fractal, and

holographic reality. Waves of high-frequency cosmic and gamma

rays are lapping at our shores, affecting physical matter as well as

how we think and feel.

We are evolving. We are expanding. We are remembering.

Conscious Evolutionary thinker Barbara Marx Hubbard refers to this

process as the birth of the Universal Human. The labor pains are
evident. Old systems and power bases are crumbling into chaos. But

the pain has meaning. As our inner and outer foundations are shaken

to the core, we are being reborn through post-traumatic growth

and spiritual transformation. We are awakening.

The Great Mother of our Galactic Center is blasting our planet and

our consciousness with intense frequencies of Light, activating our

divine blueprint. Anything not in alignment with our highest evolu-

tionary impulse (LOVE) is being challenged and broken down. We

either flow with it or feel the pain of resisting the inevitable.

This process of breaking down could be referred to as a healing cri-

sis. | have seen a personal version of this planetary process in myself

and in clients over the years. The Light pours in, and old pain from

what Eckhart Tolle refers to as the personal or collective “pain body”

is brought to the surface. Anything not in alignment with the Light

ix

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

is challenged and brought up to be transmuted. As this old stored

information comes up, we are called to be witness and observer of

the process. We are invited to no longer act out or project this pain

onto each other, causing destruction, but to trust the process, align
with our heart, and remember who we are; LOVE in physical form.

We must gather our scattered, separated selves and reconnect

with our eternal soul. Old paradigms on Earth are weakening and

crumbling. It is time for compassion and communication over con-

flict, collaboration rather than competition, and transparency and

integrity over concealment. The evolutionary fuel for this shift is

LOVE.

When we open our hearts wide enough and surrender completely,

we become a conduit for grounding the Light of Source to Earth,

blessing all. Kiara Windrider is one such person. | have received

llahinoor from Kiara personally, and it has been a blessing in my life.

His cosmic download is a gift, a Light language offered to all and to

be used and shared by all. As Ilahinoor opens us as toroidal conduits

of energy to and from the universe, we become the place where

heaven and earth meet and make love.

Kiara is a chosen midwife for the Great Mother to give birth to

the next phase of our consciousness. In the pages that follow,

you will not only learn about the nourishing, grounding energy of

Ilahinoor and how Kiara came to birth it to Earth, but you will also

receive it. In holding this book, you will be bathed in its frequency,

affecting you and everyone you meet in the process. Conscious-

ness is contagious, and this book is a catalyst for a new epidemic

of enlightenment.

Kimberley Jones, BA (Hons), is an energy-intuitive, soul guide,

4th-generation seer, and author of Soul Whispers. Her passion and

mission at this challenging and exciting time on Earth is to in-

spire and empower the next wave of awakening creative souls in

readiness for the world changes that are upon us. Learn more at

[Link].

PREFACE - A DREAM

There is an old story about the man who dreams he is a butterfly.

The dream is so vivid that when he wakes up, he is not clear whether

he is a man who dreamed he was a butterfly, or a butterfly now

dreaming he is a man.

Perhaps this parable is appropriate for this age. There is a sense of

dream-like absurdity about these times. All around us is a world of

time and space that we believe to be real. We struggle to survive in

this world, we grapple with relationships, and we yearn to lift our-

selves out of unfulfilling lives of quiet desperation. We look around

at a world gone out of control, careening rapidly toward chaos and

madness, and wonder how long we have before some cosmic clock

begins to toll our final hour of existence.

Meanwhile, in some distant corner of our minds, a new reality in-

trudes. It tells us that there is more to existence than we are currently

aware of, more to our world than we can experience with our physical

senses. It whispers to us its song of hope rather than fear, excitement

rather than doom. Like a caterpillar dreaming an unknown dream,

this reality hints of worlds waiting beyond a distant horizon, wilder

than anything we’ve known.

How do we distinguish between wishful dreams born of existential

despair and true dreams birthed from an awakening conscious-

ness? Are we human beings who once dreamed of a golden age

only to awaken to the nightmare we have created around us? Or,

are we awakening now within this dream to real possibilities as yet

unknown? Are we butterflies in disguise?

xi

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

This is the theme | wish to explore in this book. There is a light emerg-

ing from the darkness of this age, a light shining strong and bright

from within. It is a light that can be accessed by each one of us as

an antidote to deep webs of subconscious programming and fear

that have kept us trapped in illusion. We have mistaken this illusion

for reality, and constructed our lives around maintaining the illusion.

The waves of light moving toward us now are designed to pen-

etrate this subconscious programming and to awaken us from the

dream. | refer to this light as Ilahinoor. My quest to understand what

this light is about, where it emerges from, and why it is moving

through our consciousness at this time in planetary history, has led

me through some amazing experiences and insights into a field of

immense hope for humanity and the world.

| would like to share this journey with you. It is a cocreative journey,

and | am aware that my own journey into healing and awakening

is not separate from yours. It is my hope that what you receive

from this book is not merely a deeper understanding of what our

planetary journey is about, but also a powerful, deeply felt, cellular

transmission of this llahinoor light that propels each of you into a

quantum shift of awakening!

xii

PAR | |

THE BIG PICTURE

We shall not cease from exploration

And the end of all our exploring

Will be to arrive where we started

And know the place for the first time.

— T.S. Eliot, Little Gidding

| wish to start by exploring the larger context for the

llahinoor work, including addressing information

about immense changes we may shortly be experiencing

within our planetary experience. Although this summary

is very short, some readers may wish to skip this part

and go right into the Ilahinoor work. Readers who wish to

explore this planetary experience in greater depth are

urged to examine my earlier book Year Zero: Time of the

Great Shift, in which you will find additional details as well

as supporting documentation.

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 1

A Galactic Heartbeat

We are now awakening from a dream. The dream has become a

nightmare of sorts, as we humans come ever closer to destroy-

ing our planetary home. But in the midst of the terrors we have

unleashed, and cataclysms we might face in times to come, |

also sense a hope, a hope that touches each of us, a hope that

goes beyond wishful thinking to embrace a future potential big-

ger than anything | could have foreseen in years past. This hope
is what | wish to share in this book.

My vision of reality is based on cycles of time that interweave,

creating new universes. These are regular cycles, and therefore

predictable. My view of reality is also based on the understanding

that we are living simultaneously in multiple dimensions of exis-

tence, and that our ability to navigate among these dimensions

is currently evolving.

| do not believe that the universe was simply created in a big

bang at the beginning of time and space. | believe that we are

undergoing a process of creation that continues, and that peri-

odic events stimulate new cycles of creation. | sense that we are

entering one such period of creation right here and now.

Furthermore, | believe that the universe is alive in the same way

that we consider ourselves to be alive. It has a destiny of its own,

spawning new worlds and dimensions in a continuous attempt

to allow its own consciousness to evolve. One aspect of the uni-

verse is beyond space and time — which we might refer to as

The Universe or Creator. There is also an aspect of the universe

constructed within multiple dimensions of time and space, which

we might refer to as Creation. Creator and Creation coexist in a

A Galactic Heartbeat
continuous dance of discovery and exploration. Our destiny is to

touch both of these realms, and to become cocreators of a new

Earth.

In my earlier book, Year Zero: Time of the Great Shift, | went

through a detailed exploration of what Paul LaViolette, Ph.D.,

astrophysicist and author of Earth Under Fire, refers to as a

galactic superwave. Galactic superwaves are emanations of

cosmic radiation that pulse out from the center of galaxies,

streaming out through interstellar soace in a more or less regu-

lar fashion. We can imagine this action as a galactic heartbeat,

radiating cosmic ray particles and gamma ray particles through-

out the Milky Way on a periodic basis.

In our own solar system, this pulse seems to be synchronized with

cycles within our Sun, and cycles within the Earth. For reasons that

| explain more fully in my previous book, our galactic heartbeat

seems to move out in pulses approximately 12,000 years apart.?

It may also be, as theorized by Douglas Vogt in his book Goa'’s

Day of Judgment: The Real Cause of Global Warming,‘ that this

12,000-year pulse is a universal constant, and that all galaxies are

synchronized to this heartbeat of life.

This galactic heartbeat is the driving force behind evolution.

LaViolette asserts that rather than being birthed in one Big

Bang of primal creation, the universe is continually birthing

itself anew within the centers of galaxies. Galactic superwaves

are carriers for these creative energies, igniting the forces of

new creation wherever they travel. Every time a galactic su-

perwave moves through our own solar system, a new cycle of

evolution begins.

Indeed, a new cycle may be beginning right now.

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 2

Planetary Cycles

How did the universe come into being? Many a night as a young

child, | would look up at the stars and find myself wondering how

it all got here. There weren’t so many words or concepts then, just

a feeling of endless mystery and awe. Later, throughout my high

school years, | learned to engage in endless debates between cre-

ationists and evolutionists. Creationists believe that divine intel-

ligence set the entire universe into motion in one grand creative

act in the beginning of all time. Evolutionists disregard the idea of

divine intelligence and assert that the universe evolved by chance in

a slow process of natural selection and genetic mutation.

Perhaps | lost a little bit of the mystery as | got caught up in the

debate. Debates are about winning or losing, and someone has

to be wrong in order for the other person to be right. But sooner

or later, | started wondering if there might not be a third choice,

a perspective that could hold and reconcile these opposing view-

points.

| began to explore the idea of a creative evolution, which to me

made much more sense than some kind of creator god suddenly

creating everything out of nothing, or some mindless evolutionary

force that went through infinite permutations of blind and desper-

ate chance in order to create this miracle of beauty we call life.

Couldn’t a Divine Creator use the mechanism of evolution to cre-

ate life and order in the universe?

This perspective has evolved for me over the years. As | began to

disengage from the dogmas that often weigh heavily on both re-

ligious and scientific worldviews, a new understanding of creator

and creation began to emerge — an understanding that we are

Planetary Cycles

not separate from either, and that we are active participants rather

than passive observers in a constantly unfolding creation. | began

to recognize that a field of divine intelligence permeates all things,

and that new creation happens whenever this divine intelligence

steps forcefully into the field of matter.

As | explored these questions further, | kept returning to the idea

of the galactic superwave. It had a kind of mystical feel to it, and

touched me in a place that words could not. LaViolette refers to

the galactic center as a Mother Star; the Mayas referred to this

creative womb as Hunab Ku. If | wanted to penetrate this mystery,

| would need the insights of both science and ancient wisdom; |

knew | had to follow this path.

What was the mechanism for creative evolution? | asked myself.

And, is there a way we could participate more consciously in this

new creation? Equally important, is it possible that we might be

experiencing a wave of creative evolution in our own lifetimes,

which could transform everything in our known universe?

More insights followed, and pieces of this cosmic jigsaw puzzle

started to come together. The more | explored this process of

creative evolution, the more | realized that we as humans — and

we as a planet — are also part of this galactic wave. Nothing that

happens out there is separate from our own thoughts and inten-

tions. These insights led me to recognize that a field of light

permeating and surrounding us is directly synchronized to the

incoming galactic superwave. | realized that this phenomenon

was an evolutionary wave that could carry us into the cauldron of

a new creation — and that the only thing that holds us back from

experiencing this wave is the density of our belief systems.

Right now, a field of light is entering our consciousness and can

transform everything we have ever known — including this den-

sity of subconscious conditioning. As | share later in this book,

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

we can each have access to this field and each feel the power of

this light. If we can really and truly understand this phenomenon,

then we need no longer perceive ourselves as powerless victims

living in a world gone out of control. We become, instead, the

wide-browed creators of a new Earth birthing itself through our

wildest dreams!

The evolutionary mechanism begins right in the center of our

galaxy. The creation of matter and energy that takes place during

a galactic pulse is also an information wave coded with Creator-

Consciousness. We, as human beings, not only inhabit bodies of

matter but are also capable of attuning to this Creator-Conscious-

ness. We are a bridge between creator and creation and, as such,

have a part to play in the new creation.

So, what is the next step in the evolutionary mechanism? As suc-

cessive superwaves emanating from the galactic center periodi-

cally move through our solar system, the intensity of this radiation
overloads the protective plasma shield (known as the he/iopause)

surrounding our solar system. This shield gives way for a moment,

letting in vast amounts of cosmic dust that are normally found

orbiting outside our solar system in our journey through space.

Most of this cosmic dust is gravitationally attracted to the Sun and

planetary bodies, initiating a cycle of intense activity within the

solar system. Nuclear activity within the Sun is intensified, culmi-

nating in giant so/ar flares ejecting out into interplanetary space.

Occasionally, an entire shell of the Sun gets ejected out in massive

flares known as coronal mass ejections. CMEs can reach out and

engulf an entire planet, including Earth, causing extreme magnetic

fluctuations, and even what is known as geomagnetic reversals.

In his book Magnetic Reversals and Evolutionary Leaps, Rob-

ert Felix reveals a connection between peaks in solar activity

and the reversal of Earth’s geomagnetic field, a phenomenon

Planetary Cycles

whereby the magnetic north and south poles of Earth switch

places. Studies of ice core samples and fossil history indicate

that these geomagnetic reversals are actually a recurring phe-

nomenon in Earth’s history. Although the period leading up to

a reversal may be relatively gradual, these studies reveal that the

actual reversal could happen in a matter of days — or even hours.

What happens during a geomagnetic reversal? The geomagnetic

field of the Earth generates a magnetic shield extending hundreds

of kilometers out into space and is known as the Van Allen belts.

Just as the heliopause surrounding our solar system is designed to

keep out interstellar dust as we journey through the galaxy, the

Van Allen belts are designed to shield our planet from the intense

cosmic radiation constantly passing through our solar system.

However, during a geomagnetic reversal, the Earth’s magnetic

field collapses, which, in turn, leads to the collapse of the Van

Allen belts. In the absence of this magnetic shielding, huge storms

of cosmic radiation rain down upon the Earth hundreds of times

stronger than normal.

Thus, in this final phase of the evolutionary sequence, an informa-

tion wave of high frequency cosmic rays and gamma rays moves

through the field of life and matter on our planet. This wave is

the same radiation that started off as a galactic superwave from

the center of our galaxy, encoded with the power of creation. Re-

sponding to a field of light morphogenetically generated by this

cosmic radiation, mutations happen. Some species go extinct.

New species are birthed.

Unlike the Darwinian model of evolution, which holds that

evolution is slow and gradual, this model of creative evolution

postulates that these mutations happen very quickly in quan-

tum jumps of new creation — and that a field of intelligence

guides this process.

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 3

Geomagnetic Reversals

If evolutionary leaps and geomagnetic reversals are linked, as

Robert Felix and a number of other researchers have claimed, in-

dications suggest that our planet may be very close to making its

next evolutionary leap. Although scientists cannot tell us precisely

when such a shift would occur, a growing consensus is that it could

be soon. Not only is the geomagnetic field of Earth decreasing

very rapidly, but also the actual north and south poles of the planet

are shifting quite dramatically — another sign that a geomagnetic

reversal could be imminent.

The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) is

a federal agency created to study oceanographic and atmospheric

data. Their National Geophysical Data Center maintains a data set

of annual magnetic north pole coordinates going back to the year

1590. In correlating all this data, the NOAA has come to the star-

tling realization that the north pole of the Earth is on the move,

and that the rate of this movement is increasing exponentially.

During the past 150 years, this rate of movement has more than

doubled every fifty years. When this report was published around

2010, researchers noticed that there was almost as much move-

ment in the ten years from 2000 to 2010 as in the forty-year pe-

riod before that, and as much movement from 1960 to 2000 as in

the hundred years prior to that. Furthermore, in the past 150 years,

the pole has been moving in the same direction, indicating that the

Earth’s magnetic axis may be getting ready to flip. It is currently

travelling at the rate of fifty-five to seventy kilometers every year

in the direction of Siberia’

Geomagnetic Reversals

More indications for the timing of this shift can be found in an-

cient mythologies and calendar systems. It seems clear to me

that many prophecies and calendar systems were based on a

study of cosmic cycles, perhaps even synchronized in some way

with the galactic heartbeat.

The Mayan calendar has been at the forefront of people’s con-

sciousness for some time now. Many seem obsessed with glob-

al cataclysms related to the end date of this prophetic calendar,

whatever that might be, without fully understanding the context

for these events. The Mayas were attuned to a galactic conscious-

ness, which they referred to as Hunab Ku. Their calendar, perhaps

based on even earlier systems of time-keeping, represents a time

when this galactic consciousness would once again intersect

with human consciousness. | believe this event has to do with the

incoming galactic superwave and its direct impact on our solar

system and planet Earth.

For the Mayas, the focus of their prophetic calendar is not on

cataclysm, doom, and gloom, but on the possibilities of a new

beginning, an event that they refer to as Year Zero. During a

travel trip to Guatemala in November 2009, | had the opportu-

nity to meet Don Alejandro Cirilo and his wife, Elisabeth Araujo,

who represent the Mayan Council of Elders.

They did not wish to be drawn into questions regarding specific

dates for the ending of their calendar system. They said, how-

ever, that thirteen prophecies had been passed down through

the generations regarding our journey into Year Zero, the time

of new beginnings for the Earth. And they indicated that this

event would be happening very soon!

When pressed for details about these thirteen prophecies, Don

Alejandro simply said that twelve of those prophecies had already

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

come to pass, and were thus not so relevant anymore. The thir-

teenth prophecy was yet to come, however, and would immedi-

ately precede Year Zero. This prophecy had to do with three days
of darkness. He further added that when we begin to experience

this event, we should not go into fear, but simply be grateful to the

Creator and celebrate, for we have long awaited this time — this

time when the veil between Creator and Creation would dissolve.

The following is taken from a speech Don Alejandro gave in Santa

Fe, New Mexico in September 1999. A specific date for Year Zero

was given in this speech, which | have left out, given his later insis-

tence that we not focus too heavily on specific dates:

=j

Heart of heaven, heart of the Earth, heart of the air, heart of the

water...

Thank you, Father, for having given us life, bless us all, those

who are here on Earth. Thank you, Father bless our people, our

mountains, our rivers, our lakes, all that we are, thank you, Father.

Honorable elders, beloved people, you who hear me,

/ bring this message, and also a greeting to all who hear this

voice, here is Wakatel Utiw, Wandering Wolf, the voice of the

forest, and the messenger of the Maya, who has shared with the

seven races that cover the planet Earth. | have come in fulfill-

ment of the prophecies; that we may all walk together, no group

shall be left behind. | am here in fulfillment of this prophecy,

carrying this message to all that hear me and to all who love the

Earth, to all who love peace, and who love themselves. We are
all living beings. A tree is a life and it is an elder, the same as a

human being. A plant, while it is green, is a life. The smallest ani-

mal is a life that is part of the life of human beings. The rocks

have spirit. The volcanoes and mountains have spirit. The rivers,

oceans, and lakes have spirit. They are all children of the Father.

Geomagnetic Reversals

This is why | have come. | am the voice of the forest, the

messenger of the Maya. | come to invite you to defend our

Mother Earth and see that we continue to love the beauty of

this great woman. We are millions and millions of human beings

and we are destroying her. We are mistreating her. We are de-

nuding and polluting her. When the Mother Earth is no longer

suitable, our life will be worthless. We are creating our own mis-

fortune, our own death.

The Mayan Prophecies tell us it is time to awaken, time for

the dawn, so that the people will have peace and will be happy.

The Mayan Prophecies also tell us... that what we are seeking,

what we have to find, at last we have found it. We are here on

Earth, where we want to be. This time has come: 13 Baktun 13

Ajau, the return of the grandparents, the return of the wise ones

to the measure of time... The time has come. May the people

awaken. May they arise...

We do not have much time or life left. We have only (a

few) years until the Year Zero. After the Year Zero there shall be

peace... We need to cultivate peace. Let us love one another.

Let us defend the Earth, our Mother, and respect our Father. His

sacred mandate is among Us...

You and I may meet again in another dimension after the

Year Zero. The Year Zero is the word of the Maya... On this day, the

Sun will be hidden for a period of 60-70 hours and this is when

we shall enter the period of the Sixth Sun. Then will you realize

that what the Mayans speak are facts and not false preachings...

The Mayan priests and astronomers know what is happening and

see what shall happen in the future. This is my only message. |

do not come to intimidate you. | come to say that we should love

one another. Let us walk together. We are all children and we pray

that our Father be with us. Thank you.”

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

Many people have offered dates for this entry into the Sixth Sun,

this passage of planetary birthing. There is nothing ambivalent

about the birth of a child, no questioning about whether the birth

has already happened, no endless arguments about what it might

look like. When a woman is pregnant, we can try and predict a due

date, but we can never be sure exactly when the child will be born

until the birth actually takes place.

Many feel that some kind of planetary birthing is imminent. The

Mayan calendar and other prophetic systems may be offering us

possible due dates. Recent scientific research may be pointing us

in the same direction. But rather than fixate too heavily on dates,
perhaps we might ask ourselves how we can each contribute

personally to this transformational process. We are not passive

observers but rather active participants in this journey. How do

we use the immense power of this galactic wave to cocreate the

new Earth?

Three Days of Darkness

chapter 4

Three Days of Darkness

The prophecy of three days of darkness, as shared by Don Alejan-

dro Cirilo, is found in other ancient traditions as well. | had pon-

dered often whether this prophecy was a symbolic statement of

some kind, or a literal darkness involving the absence of sunlight

— or perhaps something else. When we asked him to expound

upon this idea during our visit with him in Guatemala, he simply

shrugged his shoulders and said he didn’t know. As | continued

to research information about the geomagnetic reversal and its

possible relationship with these three days of darkness, new in-

sights started pouring in.

What happens when the magnetic field of the Earth collapses?

Every living creature on the planet is designed to interact closely

with Earth’s geomagnetic field. Some species, such as migratory

birds, bees, whales, and dolphins, literally have homing systems in

their brains that are directly attuned to this magnetic field, much

like our own GPS systems. All of us, however, depend on this geo-

magnetic field, not only for physical survival but also for our sense

of personal identity.

Our human identity derives from our thoughts, feelings, and mem-

ories held within subtle fields around our physical bodies, which

some refer to as the etheric, emotional, and mental bodies. When

Earth’s geomagnetic field collapses, however, so does our link to

these subtle bodies, leading to the cessation of our physical sense

mechanisms, and to a temporary dissolution of our sense of per-

sonal identity.

During this time, we literally cannot see, feel, hear, smell, touch,

taste, think, or remember who we are. It is like entering into a

13

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

dark slumber where the entire hardware of personal conscious-

ness gets rebooted.

In our current stage of human evolution, we tend to identify with

the body-mind personality because of the powerful sensory in-

put constantly bombarding us, a sense of identity that reaches

deep down into the subconscious mind, and even gets imprinted

on our DNA. The density of this personal identity, separated from

our multidimensional soul identity, is what creates the illusion of

duality and separation. When the magnetic field cancels out, all

of these identifications fall away, opening us up to the possibil-

ity that when the system reboots, the brain could be rewired to

function as an operating system for the soul rather than for the

illusory ego personality!

This transformation is not so different from the journey of a cat-

erpillar. There comes a stage in its life when a caterpillar dies to

everything it has known before. It retreats into a cocoon and

dissolves into a soup. It is a time of subjective darkness, where

its physical senses cease to function and new DNA starts being

produced. This DNA already exists in the caterpillar as genetic

potential, but only when the caterpillar enters its cocoon does

this DNA become activated, leading to the emergence of the

butterfly.

Similarly, the three days of darkness may refer to a time of co-

cooning, a rebooting of consciousness whereby our entire

subconscious history and personal identity gets obliterated, so

that something new can emerge. | believe that this event is the

gateway to our future evolution as a species. As long as we are

conditioned by the subconscious mind, trapped in the density

of fear-based responses to life, we cannot directly access our

higher selves.
Three Days of Darkness

However, as the veils of subconscious illusion drop away, our bod-

ies begin to vibrate differently, and become capable of accessing

and anchoring the frequencies of our soul. This experience is what

the journey of ascension is about: It is the ascent of matter into

spirit, and simultaneously the descent of spirit into matter. It

is the awakening of our multidimensional consciousness within

bodies of purified matter, with a capacity for conscious cocre-

ation to an extent that we cannot yet imagine.

We are currently in a transitional zone, a period of preparation

for this transformation of consciousness. It is a time of deep

cleansing and purification. We are tired of being caterpillars,

but haven’t yet become butterflies. As more light comes in,

more shadows get stirred up — and we discover that all the hu-

man identities and personal stories that we have carefully built

up over the years suddenly start to dissolve.

Many of us seem to be going through this dissolution process

now in the form of emotional upheavals, mental chaos, and

physical breakdowns — intense anxiety, depression, restlessness,

shock, chaos, and pain. Many are going through extreme inten-

sity and turbulence in our relationships, sinking in a quicksand of

existential meaninglessness, or feeling alone and adrift in a dark

cloud of unknowing. We confront a great unknown, helpless and

afraid, feeling our entire sense of identity collapse around us.

We can’t focus, we forget where we left our keys, we can’t re-

member names or faces, and wonder if we’re losing our minds.

Perhaps we’ve already done so, for all the things we cherished

and enjoyed in the past don’t seem so important anymore. We

find ourselves wondering what we are doing on this planet. As

veils of illusion fall away, reality seems to become more absurd

by the day, leaving us with a sense of unfulfilled longing for some-

thing we cannot know because it has not yet been birthed.

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

Our bodies are going through a transition, too. We endure phys-

ical challenges, fatigue, aches and pains, general toxicity, and

nervous breakdowns. We cannot keep up with the demands of

time — and, in fact, our sense of time itself is changing. Our im-

mune systems get overloaded as we encounter new forms of

disease every day. We experience in our own bodies changes

taking place in the subtle bodies of the Earth, and it is often

exhausting.

On a collective level, this same dissolution of identity is mani-

festing as economic collapse, political unrest, social chaos, and

environmental catastrophe. Nothing is certain anymore. We live

in a world that has lost its balance, and seems to be spinning

rapidly out of control. There doesn’t seem to be a way back out.

What does this experience all mean in the bigger picture? If these

are all symptoms of a transitional phase, as we are forced to re-

lease personal identities that once felt so safe and familiar, then

what awaits us after we emerge from the cocoon?

A New Sun

chapter 5

A New Sun

When the Mayas talk about what will happen just before we enter

the new world, they say there will be some days of darkness fol-

lowed by a new sunrise. As Aluna Joy Yaxk’in shares:

= 45. —_—=

There is anew Sun coming up over an ocean, and there is noth-

ing else... Just the ocean and the Sun... The Maya say they are

not really sure if it is a brand-new Sun or just the energy of a

new Sun, but they say a new Sun will rise. A new Sun is being

manifested in spirit right now. The Ancestors are saying that this

new Sun is being birthed into the world... It will take a while for
this to manifest physically. When it does, we will be receiving

energy in a direct way..."

As with prophecies of the three days of darkness, prophecies of

a second Sun are part of many other ancient traditions. How do

we interpret this prediction in a way that makes sense to us in our

modern age of science and reason? There are many rumors and

predictions these days about super-dense planets, brown dwarf

Suns, and, indeed, entire miniature solar systems blazing their

way through our solar system, wreaking havoc in their path. Is

this the vision that the Mayas are referring to?

| believe that prophecy is often based on ancient memories, which

wisdom keepers of many traditions consult to predict future

events based on cycles in the past. If so, what does this double

prophecy of three days of darkness followed by the rising of a

second Sun mean?

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

My sense is that although the Mayas may be referring to a literal

event, we cannot interpret this prophecy from a third-dimension-

al perspective of reality. Perhaps in order to understand what this

prediction means, we need first to take a journey into the deep-

est layers of our subconscious mind, into a matrix we might refer

to as the veil of illusion.

Eastern spiritual traditions have much to say about the exis-

tence of certain veils of illusion, which they refer to as maya.

A simplistic interpretation of this belief is to say that the world

out there is an illusion, and that the way out of this illusion is to

renounce the world. Although this response may have worked

for us in simpler times, we must understand that now the veils of

illusion exist within our own consciousness. The world out there

is not the problem — our interpretation of this world is, based

as it is on subconscious structures of programming that keep us

trapped in perceptions of separation and duality.

This veil of illusion lies deep within our subconscious awareness,

and is literally programmed into the matrix of our cellular DNA.

The frequency of this programming keeps us trapped in a third-

dimensional perception of reality, which we consider the one and

only reality of existence. The belief that third-dimensional reality is

the only reality is itself the illusion, and we cannot make it through

the Great Shift as long as this programming remains within our

cells.

Something very interesting begins to happen during the time of

geomagnetic reversal. As | said earlier, as the geomagnetic field

of the Earth collapses, the matrix of our personal identity begins

to disintegrate. Our emotional and mental bodies are no longer

tightly bound to old patterns of subconscious conditioning.

We begin to unravel the veils of illusion that keep us trapped

in third-dimensional density. New potentials of genetic infor-

18

A New Sun

mation become activated, which raises the frequency of the

energy matrix vibrating the cells of our body, in turn helping us

perceive realities beyond the narrow limits of our known physi-

cal senses. Our consciousness begins to merge with worlds

and dimensions beyond third-dimensional matter. We begin to

anchor the multidimensional frequencies of our soul.

All this change happens very quickly during this cocooning period,

as our sensory perceptions go into hibernation during these days

of darkness. Creative evolution is a quantum process that utilizes

the enormous wave of in-coming cosmic energy to shape new cre-

ation. In the absence of the subconscious conditioning that has kept

us trapped within the veils of illusion for eons, we make a quantum

jump of evolution into a new state of biological consciousness ca-

pable of integrating the multidimensional frequencies of our soul.

Perhaps we can now interpret this prophecy of the Second Sun

in a somewhat different way. Most Suns exist as part of a binary

star system. Our experience in this solar system is unique in that

we only perceive a single Sun. But perhaps our twin Sun has al-
ways existed on a higher octave of creation and we simply have

not been able to see it yet!

Perhaps it is not that a second Sun enters our solar system dur-

ing this time of the Great Shift but that our twin Sun simply

becomes visible to us in this dimension, as our senses expand

beyond the narrow limits imposed by linear consciousness!

This new Sun is already manifested in spirit, say the Mayas.

When this new Sun manifests in the physical world, we will be

receiving its energy in a direct way. We will be able to assimilate

this new Sun’s energy because our bodies will no longer be sub-

ject to the limitations of matter. Our bodies will be nourished

directly from the energy of the new Sun.

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

We will learn to use the energy of this Sun to build internal tech-

nologies that directly resonate with our higher selves. We will

learn to heal our bodies, create new worlds. We will travel freely

through multiple dimensions of the universe. We will nourish

our bodies directly from the fields of prana all around us. Out-

dated social, political, economic, and religious systems will fall

away because they will no longer be needed.

As the veil of illusion dissolves, so, too, does our subconscious ma-
trix of fear, separation, and duality. We will experience this planet

as one single interconnected consciousness unifying all things

within the web of life. We will discover what it means to experience

Creator-Consciousness within infinite dimensions of Creation!

The Mayas remind us that the new Sun manifesting on the outside

is a reflection of a new Sun being birthed within. This is the soul

consciousness being birthed as we pass into the doorway of the

new Earth! It is the birth of a divine human, serving as a steward

on this beautiful blue and green planet, inspired by a constantly

flowing well of creative impulse. Rather than reacting instinctively

in predetermined subconscious patterns, we will respond in each

moment with the full intensity of our multidimensional presence,

nurturing and honoring each strand in the web of planetary life.

Whatever is real from the old Earth will remain. Experiences that

feed and enrich our souls, memories of beauty and love, all of

these will remain. Nothing is ever lost in evolution. Old structures

are simply included and transcend to a higher octave of life. We

will experience life in the same dimensions of matter, simply vi-

brating to a higher frequency of light. We will engage the world

around us through similar personality structures, but harmonize

directly to the consciousness of our souls.

This is the goal of creative evolution as we transition to the new

Earth.
20

A Supramental Light

chapter 6

A Supramental Light

The Mayas tell us that the shift represented by Year Zero signifies

the end of linear history and the beginning of a multidimensional

experience of time. Our experience of linear time has to do with

the way our brains are wired, and the predominance of what we

could call the thinking mind; however, as the great Indian yogi Sri

Aurobindo demonstrated more than a hundred years ago, cer-

tain levels of the mind are capable of accessing dimensions of

reality far beyond the capacities of our thinking mind.

Sri Aurobindo refers to various levels of the mind, including the

higher mind, the illumined mind, the intuitive mind, the overmind,

and the supermind. | explore this concept further in my earlier

books and will not go into much detail here, except to say that

there are fields of consciousness associated with each of these

levels of the mind, and that our perception of reality changes

dramatically when accessed from different levels of the mind.

The thinking mind is designed to function within third-dimen-

sional reality, dealing with the mechanics of survival and instinct,

our physical orientation in space and time — and that’s all. Our

creative gifts, our capacity for joy, our perceptions of higher di-

mensions, the embodiment of our multidimensional self — these

responses derive from our ability to access higher levels of the

mind.

Sri Aurobindo and his spiritual partner, Mirra Alfassa Cusually

known simply as The Mother), spoke often about the descent of

these higher levels of mind into our operational systems. Hav-

ing trained themselves to merge with these higher levels of the

21

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

mind, they were able to sense a new wave about to enter into

human consciousness, which they referred to as the supramental/

force. They spoke of the descent of this force into the field of

matter, and the resulting transformation of our species.

They recognized that in previous cycles of time, we were able

to partially embody the higher levels of the mind, but could not

maintain this stage as a collective consciousness, which time and

again ended with a fall back to the density of physical matter.

They felt, however, that in this current cycle of evolution, there

was the potential to embody the highest level of unified light,

what they called the supramental light, and in so doing to raise

the frequency of matter itself into what they called true matter.

This event would represent the birth of Creator-Consciousness

within the heart of all creation!

Regarding the human species, they spoke of an evolutionary force

that has been pushing us from the anima/ human stage, organized

around the instinctive centers of the brain, to the human human,

organized around thought and reason. The next step in our evolu-

tion, they said, is the divine human, where we would learn to con-

nect through our hearts to the frequencies of the soul.

At this stage, our experience of reality would no longer be based

on the thinking mind, designed to interpret everything through

filters of duality, but rather on the intuitive mind, which perceives

reality through direct knowing. Beyond this, finally, was a fourth

stage of human evolution, which they called the supramental hu-

man. At this stage of evolution, we will walk this Earth as living

embodiments of Creator-Consciousness, expressing our univer-

sal identity within bodies of true matter!

| believe that each time it passes through our solar system, the

galactic superwave provides us an opportunity to evolve further

22
A Supramental Light

as a species, and as a planet. It may be that the next species

to collectively emerge from the upcoming geomagnetic reversal

will be the divine human, an awakened species capable of expe-

riencing the physical world through senses attuned to intuitive

levels of the mind, unified with the web of planetary life.

While this appearance could well be the next step in our collective

evolution, | feel that those who are ready for it will be given the

opportunity to carry this evolution even further. If Sri Aurobindo is

right, we will begin to incarnate as supramental beings, anchor-

ing creative potential from dimensions beyond time and space,

fully awakening within matter for the first time in the 13.8 billion

years since the birth of this Universe!

23

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 7

The Golden String

We are already experiencing the first waves of this supramental

light. This light has been guiding our evolution from a level of wis-

dom and power far beyond what is available to us within the field

of duality, and it cannot be held back any more than a caterpillar

can resist becoming a butterfly. From this perspective of unified

light, everything we have ever experienced in our collective his-

tory is part of an in-built soul-directed evolutionary drive. There is

no right or wrong, no good or evil.

As the Sufi Jalaluddin poet Rumi expresses so beautifully, Out

beyond ideas of wrong doing or right doing there is a field. | will

meet you there!

My sense is that the actual moment of the Shift will be easy and

joyous. As we disconnect from subconscious fields of separation

and duality during these three days of cocooning, we will simply

not be capable of going into doubt, fear, and resistance as we

normally tend to do. As subconscious layers peel away, we will be

able to use the incoming cosmic radiation to complete our bio-

logical transformation. Dormant genetic codes will be activated.

The multidimensional presence of our higher selves will begin to

incarnate through us. The butterfly will emerge!

But if the Shift itself is relatively smooth, the time immediate-

ly prior to the Shift could be quite challenging. These are the

times we currently live in — what the Hopis refer to as the day

of purification — when all our subconscious darkness is be-

ing forced to the surface to be released. Surrendering to this

alchemical process is not easy, but to the extent that we can

24

The Golden String

understand and trust the evolutionary forces working through

us, it will help make the journey a little smoother.

There is a story of a Greek hero named Theseus and his journey

through the labyrinths of Crete in order to find and slay the mino-

taur. In order not to lose his way through the maze, he carries with

him a ball of golden string, which he unravels in the darkness so he

can eventually find his way back out.

As we travel through our own maze of uncertainty and chaos in

these times, perhaps we need to discover our own balls of string

in order to find our way through and beyond. Perhaps this larger

evolutionary perspective can guide us in the journey ahead, help-

ing us to surrender gracefully to the energies of transformation

that invite us now to enter the luminous depths of our being.

As long as we are still trapped in our current experience of dual-

ity, fear is an inevitable response to the energies of change. But, if

even in the midst of this fear, we can maintain an awareness of the

big picture, this awareness can be the golden string that guides us

through these tumultuous times.

What if our experience of duality, and all the suffering that inevita-

bly followed, was a necessary phase in our evolution? The higher

we want to climb, the deeper we have to go. Could it be that we

needed to enter into the deepest density of matter, forgetting our

identity as creator gods in order to transform matter itself in our

journey of remembrance?

Our addiction to personal ego has led us to the verge of socioeco-

nomic collapse, the fulfillment of which would drastically disrupt

a way of life with which we have grown quite comfortable. Our

soils and oceans are dying, forests are disappearing, and millions

of species are rapidly going extinct. Our own existence is only a

matter of time. Unless something changes, we will either go out

25

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

with a bang in some sort of catastrophic event, or slowly suffocate

in our own wastes.

From a soul perspective, however, this level of global crisis is

simply providing the intensity needed to propel us through an

evolutionary shift. Change cannot happen as long as we are

comfortable in our illusions. The evolutionary energy driving us

forward is not concerned with individual lives or human tim-

escales; it is concerned only with new possibilities of creation,

the immense task of incarnating our multidimensional self within

bodies of matter.

That time has come. As creator beings, we are here now to re-

member who we are and to radiate our light into the world. We,

as humans, are part of the nervous system of the Earth, and our

destiny is to serve as cosmic conductors for a unified light so that

Earth herself can evolve further. Our greatest service is simply in

remembering who we are as beings of light. The more we can an-

chor this light through us, the easier the transformation will be for

humanity and for the Earth.

On a more practical level, it seems to me that the energies of

transformation are working simultaneously on many levels. Un-

healthy economic and social structures need to collapse so that a

new Earth can emerge. Old technologies must fail so that we can

discover the power latent within our own DNA. Limited identities

must die for our soul identities to be birthed. Old frequency pat-

terns need to be shaken up so that the new Earth can be birthed.

When the time is right, all this could happen very suddenly and
very quickly.

The geomagnetic reversal is the key to this alchemy. Many things

are likely to happen simultaneously during this time. As the veils

fall away, our current social, political, and economic systems

would quickly transform, coinciding with evolutionary mutations,

26

The Golden String

and whatever Earth changes are needed to reorient the Earth to

a higher dimensional frequency. An entirely new identity is being

birthed.

The Mayas say that when we enter Year Zero, questioning whether

it is truly happening will be impossible. It’s like awakening from a

dream. When you are dreaming, you can wonder if you’re dream-

ing, but when you are awake, you know you are awake!

This prophecy of awakening is the golden string that guides us

through the maze. If we can trust this evolutionary force and

stay connected with the larger vision, we need not fear the pro-

cess. Rather, we can allow ourselves to surrender to the ecstasy

of birth as these powerful energies make their way through our

being.

A single luminous intelligence is guiding this process, an intelli-

gence with which we can attune and become cocreators. But we

don’t have to wait until the geomagnetic reversal. In the following

sections of this book, | would like to explore how we can begin to

access this living field of light here and now, anchoring it through

our bodies to serve the evolution of the Earth. This field of light |

have come to know as //ahinoor.

27

PAK | ||

MY

ILAHINOOR,

A “DIVINE LIGHT”

This evening the Divine Presence, concrete and material,

was there present amongst you. | had a form

of living gold, bigger than the universe,

and | was facing a huge and massive go/den door

which separated the world from the Divine.

As | looked at the door, I knew and willed,

in a single movement of consciousness,

that “the time has come,” and lifting with both hands a

mighty golden hammer I struck one blow,

one single blow on the door,

and the door was shattered to pieces.

Then the supramental Light and Force and Consciousness

rushed down upon Earth in an uninterrupted flow.

The Mother (February 29, 1956)

29

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 8

Journey into Healing

| grew up in India, where knowledge of a higher world and dimen-

sions is still held sacred. | have always been interested in healing.

| remember as a teenager reading about the healing miracles of

Jesus and being fascinated, especially by his assertion that “the

same things | do you shall do also, and even greater, because | go

unto my Father.” | was so excited about this idea that | went and

found a priest and asked him if he could teach me how to heal

like Jesus and his disciples. He smiled at my enthusiasm, but | still

remember the sorrowful look in his eyes as he shook his head and

said, “I’m sorry, son, but the age of miracles is over.”

| was depressed for days afterward, but knew somewhere inside

me that these things were still possible. | knew it had to do with

our perceptions of reality. | continued reading stories of yogis and

saints, shamans and healers. | spent time travelling through vari-

ous ashrams in India, meditating and listening to stories of enlight-

ened masters. Such experiences were all | wanted from my life: |

wanted to get enlightened so that | could heal and serve humanity

from a higher place of awareness. Nothing else mattered.

My initial enthusiasm faded somewhat when | realized that this

effort was a more difficult task than I’d imagined. | didn’t have the

discipline to sit for long years in a cave high up in the Himalayas

mastering my breath and contemplating whatever it was | was

supposed to contemplate in order to get enlightened.

In my early twenties | left for the United States, and completed

a B.A. in peace studies and international development. During

this time, | became fascinated by Native American history and

30
Journey into Healing

traditions. | spent a lot of time in the wilderness seeing the world

through their eyes, doing vision quests and sweat lodges, learn-

ing to listen to the spirit that moves through all things.?

Ultimately | realized that it was nice to explore all these fasci-

nating worlds, but that | needed a profession. So | enrolled in a

master’s program in transpersonal psychology, and eventually

got licensed as a marriage and family therapist in California. |

spent most of my internship years at an alternative psychiatric

center in the hills of Sonoma County known as Pocket Ranch

Institute.

As part of a team of like-minded people, | worked extensively

with clients who had lived through every imaginable sort of

trauma and abuse. | was shocked by their stories, and touched

by their courage. We also worked with people going through a

spiritual awakening process, and who needed a sanctuary where

they could integrate new aspects of their being. Pocket Ranch

was nestled in a valley surrounded by streams and forests as far

as the eye could see, and contact with the wilderness became an

integral part of the treatment.

Pocket Ranch was an experiment in expanding the psychiatric

model to include alternative modalities. We used shamanic jour-

neys, art therapies, dreamwork, holotropic breathwork, hypno-

therapy, bodywork, primal therapies, family constellations, move-

ment therapies — and anything else we could find to help clients

discover themselves in a new way. People felt loved, honored, and

listened to, and that attention was a big part of the healing.

It was a sad day for all of us when Pocket Ranch closed down. But

what | learned there remains with me always. More than anything,

| learned that in order to be a healer, | needed to be fully present in

my heart, open to other dimensions of reality, and willing to trust

fully the intuitive guidance that comes from within.

31

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

During this time | was living in a community near Mt. Shasta, a

lone-standing snow-capped volcano sacred to the Native Ameri-

can tribes in that area. It is an interdimensional portal, and many

people have experienced contact with other realities in this region,

including meetings with ascended masters such as Babaji and St.

Germain, as well as various orders of angelic beings, devas, fairies,

and galactic intelligences.

Over the years, | began to develop an active relationship with

these beings, and learned to communicate with them by listening

through my intuitive mind. It was here, also, that | began to under-

stand that a higher plan existed for humanity and the world as it

was unfolding in these times.

As | learned to access higher dimensions of consciousness, my

relationship with the ascended masters deepened. | felt espe-

cially close with Babaji, whom | experienced as an elder brother

and my dearest friend. He was a guiding light on my path, inspir-

ing me toward a planetary destiny where the divine could be fully

manifest in bodies of matter. | realized that part of my work was

to find certain pieces of a cosmic jigsaw puzzle and to start put-

ting them together.

But, even more importantly, | was to embark on a journey deep

into cellular consciousness in order to dissolve the veils of sepa-

ration. | was told that there are doorways of light within cellular

consciousness that are linked with the collective human mind, and

that if | were able to find these doorways, then | could help open

up this space for others.

This realization eventually led to a book, Doorway to Eternity:

A Guide to Planetary Ascension,’ in which | shared some of my

journeys and discoveries. | remember being warned that if | wrote

this book | couldn’t be invisible anymore. | valued my privacy and

32

Journey into Healing

feared that if too many people got to know me I wouldn’t have a

personal life left. Ultimately, | realized that the basis of this fear was

my attachment to a sense of personal self, and | could ultimately

let this go. A new phase of life had begun.

33

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 9

The Deeksha Movement

My journey eventually led me back to India. In late 2002, | left

the United States with my partner, Grace, whom | had met at

my first book signing in Mt. Shasta, and we embarked on a new

adventure, travelling through ashrams and spiritual communities,

meeting masters and yogis, continuing to look for pieces of a gi-

ant jigsaw puzzle that was starting to come together.

For some years we got involved in the Deeksha movement, origi-

nating out of Oneness University in South India. This movement

was founded on the work of Sri Bhagavan and Sri Amma (different

from Ammachi, the “hugging mother” of Kerala), two visionary

mystics who referred to themselves as avatars of enlightenment.

We happened to be in Oneness University during the summer of

2003, the very first time the Deekshas were publicly given. Deek-

sha is a transmission of divine light, which Bhagavan claimed was

able to give people enlightenment. We spent several months there

working with this divine energy of awakening, including learning

how to transfer it to others.

| wrote a book, Deeksha: Fire from Heaven, about this phenom-

enon, and for the next three or four years we travelled around

the world constantly, introducing this energy to people, many of

whom went on to join the Deeksha movement. We shared the

vision of global awakening through the Deeksha, always in the

context of what Sri Aurobindo had spoken of as the supramental

awakening, a time when the unified consciousness of divinity be-

comes fully awake within the world of matter.

After some time, however, we realized that something had

changed for us. Much as we respected the power of this work,

34
The Deeksha Movement

and the intention of its founders, we understood that this trans-

mission of light came from our higher selves rather than through

the agency of Bhagavan and Amma, and we therefore encour-

aged people to experiment with tuning in to their higher selves

and to share this energy with others after having received it.

This decision didn’t go down well with the Movement, and we

were told that people needed to be initiated directly by Oneness

University if they wished to share Deeksha with others. The fee for

this initiation was high, and we felt ourselves becoming increas-

ingly reluctant to conform to the commercial and hierarchical

aspects of this work, even though the Deeksha itself felt like a

beautiful gift of grace.”

The big question in our minds was whether the divine grace that

people experienced from the Deeksha was something that came

exclusively from these two avatars of enlightenment, as claimed

by Oneness University, or whether it was something everyone

could access directly through their own higher selves. In our own

experience, we had found that people were equally capable of

transmitting this light by respectfully attuning to this field of high-

er consciousness, no matter what we chose to call it.

| deeply respected the work of Bhagavan and Amma in introduc-

ing the Deeksha field to so many people around the world in the
best way they knew how. But could it be that the age of the indi-

vidual avatar was ending now, and that a new age of the collective

avatar had begun?

Our lives move forward in waves. Each wave comes in, and then

moves back, making way for another. Between the waves is

a time of questioning, a time when we get to re-examine the

foundation of our being, and do the necessary work of inte-

gration before the next wave comes in from the same cosmic

ocean. We allowed ourselves to enter into a space between the

waves, waiting for guidance.

35

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 10

Call to Turkey

| was in Bangalore in late March 2006 when | received a phone

call from my South African friend, Vivek. He was a few hours away

from me, and sounded excited. “When can | see you?” he asked.

| told him | didn’t have much time at the moment since | was get-

ting ready to head for Turkey in a few days, where Grace and | had

been invited to do a few Deeksha seminars.

He insisted that he had to speak with me, however. He told me

that he had just finished talking with his friend Rajendra, who

was a seer. Vivek happened to have a copy of my book Fire from

Heaven with him, and had shown it to Rajendra. As Rajendra held

the book in his hands, he had clairvoyantly provided Vivek with

various details about my life, which he proceeded to share with

me over the phone.

| was intrigued. | called up Rajendra. It turned out that he was com-

ing to Bangalore the following day, and we arranged to meet for

lunch. We talked about planetary events and the journey of awak-

ening. He repeated what Vivek had told me, but then continued,

saying that although most of my work had been in the Western

world so far, this focus would soon change.

He told me | would be living in the Muslim world next, and that

| would be sharing an important message that would help bring

peace to the world. He said | had been incarnate in Arabia during

the lifetime of the prophet Mohammad and that it was time for me

now to reconnect with that lineage so | could help people get in

touch with a long-forgotten deeper message. He reiterated that

this effort would help harmonize the major world religions.

36

Call to Turkey
| had spent much of my life exploring the Hindu, Buddhist, Chris-

tian, Pagan, Native American, and Shamanistic traditions. | was

being called now to enter more deeply into the mystical aspects

of the Muslim tradition, commonly known as Sufism.

| was still pondering all this information when Grace and | arrived

in Istanbul a few days later. We had met a spiritual teacher from

Istanbul a few months previously in Sicily, who had subsequently

invited us to Turkey to spend some time together and do a few

Deeksha events.

When we arrived in Turkey, in Spring of 2006, we were simply in-

tending to do a couple of seminars and then return home to India.

The universe, however, had a different plan. We discovered that

Turkey was the home to one of the greatest Sufi masters who had

ever lived, the fiery mystic poet Jelaluddin Rumi, known here sim-

ply as Mevlana. Doors continued to open, and it wasn’t long before

we found a seaside home in this ancient and beautiful country,

amongst a warm, open-hearted, and extremely hospitable people.

37

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 11

Emergence of Ilahinoor

A couple of months after we settled in, events started unfolding

very quickly. Grace was away visiting her kids in Canada. | was

with a small group of people in Dalyan, a beautiful village on the

Aegean coast of Turkey. Two of these women had just returned

from Egypt, where they had experienced deep resonance with

the pharaoh Akhenaton and his role in reviving the mystery

school traditions of ancient Egypt.

As we listened to their stories, we gradually became aware of a

vast energy weaving itself through the room. As we attuned to

this energy, it identified itself as Ra, one of the solar deities of

old Egypt. He spoke about an ancient morphogenetic field that

existed for the purpose of accelerating the ascension process of

selected initiates, many of whom had succeeded in achieving a

state of ascension or physical immortality during various periods

of Egyptian history.

The more initiates who were able to merge their physical bod-

ies into light, the stronger this field became. This morphogenet-

ic field was now being reactivated, said Ra. The time had come

again for the doorway between the worlds to be opened and

for humans to step into their divine potential. This time, how-

ever, it was not for just a few initiates. A new phase of galactic
activity was beginning, and this doorway was being opened for

all humanity.

As we continued to attune to these energies over the next few

days, more information came through. As we worked with the

energy, we were guided in the use of it, but were also told that it

38

Emergence of Ilahinoor

was important not to create any fixed rules about how it should be

used. All of the people in attendance were invited to tap into the

morphogenetic field directly through their own higher self, thus

allowing their own guidance to teach them about the use of this

divine potential.

We asked for a way to quickly connect to the vibration of this

field and received the name //ahinoor, which means divine light

in Turkish and Arabic. We were told not to get too attached to

any one name, as we could each spontaneously connect to this

field by simply opening our hearts to it.

The Sufis have a beautiful understanding of what divine light

means. It is not a light outside, beyond, or above, as we often

associate it with our understanding of God. //ahinoor refers to

the light that permeates all things, surrounds all things, and con-

nects all things. It is a unified energy field that seems to share

some of the same characteristics as Sri Aurobindo’s supramen-

tal light. This light, said Ra, was now being birthed within our

hearts, and within the heart of all matter.

| found that this energy was similar in many ways to what | had

experienced when swimming with humpback whales in Hawaii,

when | had felt my body losing its sense of physical boundaries,

and merging with Earth, Sky, and beyond. The energy was pow-

erful and entered deeply into the physical body. It was warm

and fluid, and felt very nourishing.

The expansion | had felt in my encounter with the mother

humpback whale was stimulated by waves of light | had felt

beaming in through an area in the back of the head. This area

of the brain represented a link to spherical consciousness, they

had told me, a multidimensional experience of reality that was

now being birthed within the human species. The whales were

39

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

physiologically designed to maintain this consciousness at all

times, and now the time had come for humans to embody this

consciousness as well.

As we experienced the Ilahinoor energies in Dalyan, we were

now instructed to work with these same points in the back of

the head. We were told that this place was related to an area

of the old brain through which we could rewrite our genetic

codes, which was the potential of the Ilahinoor work. We were

instructed to place one hand on the back of the head and the

other hand on the forehead, creating a bridge through which

llahinoor could enter subconscious realms of awareness and do

whatever clearing and healing was necessary.

We experimented with holding these points while inviting

llahinoor to come through and asking the whales to link in

interdimensionally. People began to experience amazing ex-

pansions of consciousness, just like | had back in Hawaii while

swimming with the humpbacks.

40

A Bridge to the Subconscious

chapter 12
A Bridge

to the Subconscious

Over the next few weeks, | continued doing the Ilahinoor work

with other groups. As people began sharing their experiences,

certain common patterns began to emerge. | realized that

somehow bridges were being created among the subconscious,

conscious, and superconscious aspects of the self.

There is a powerful ancient Hawaiian healing tradition known

as Huna. The keepers of this tradition, the Kahunas, believe that

we are a composite of three selves, the high self, the middle

self, and the /ow self, corresponding to the superconscious,

conscious, and subconscious aspects of the mind. They believe

that the middle se/f cannot directly access the higher planes of

existence. There is a link, however, between the /ow se/f and the

high self, and by developing a relationship with the subconscious

mind, we can access these superconscious aspects of our being.

These points in the back of the head were an energetic access

into the limbic system, and specifically the amygdala. This primi-

tive part of the brain is linked to subconscious aspects of the

mind and is where we carry imprints of fear, trauma, separa-

tion, and duality. These subconscious tendencies are so instinc-

tive and so deep-seated that even when we are able to develop

greater awareness of these patterns, changing them is not easy.

The forehead, meanwhile, is an access point to the third eye,

crown chakra, and axiatonal lines, which are related to the high-

er frequencies of the superconscious mind. Because these two

41

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

areas of the brain are energetically linked together through the Ila-

hinoor field, a bridge may be created between the superconscious

and subconscious aspects of the mind, releasing deep-seated

patterns of conditioning and trauma, and embodying more of

our divinity.

My experiences with this field were very similar to what we had

experienced earlier with Deeksha. As we experimented, we be-

gan to realize that these two streams of evolutionary energy

were very complementary in their purposes — although quite

different as well.

Like the Deeksha, Ilahinoor represents a cosmic evolutionary

energy, whose purpose is to prepare us for the great awaken-

ing. Unlike the Deeksha, Ilahinoor can be accessed directly from

the Cosmic Source, without using intermediaries.

Over the next few months, as a system evolved to share this new

energy, people began to provide enthusiastic feedback about the

effectiveness of Ilahinoor in their lives. People found themselves

going into profound states of cosmic union that were expanded

as well as embodied. Many reported a clearing of deep-seated ad-

dictions and emotional pain. Others even reported physical heal-

ings, as the divine energies worked with subconscious realms to

dissolve karmic blocks and childhood patterns.

Many people felt the Ilahinoor energy not only in the upper

chakras but also in the solar plexus, the center for personal will

and power. Experimenting with holding a specific intention while

receiving these energies creates a fusion of personal will with di-

vine will, allowing for a deeper manifestation of divinity in whatever

areas of life we wish to focus on.

For most of us, the fears and conditioning held within our sub-

conscious minds block the conscious manifestation of our divine

42

A Bridge to the Subconscious

potential. As we worked with these areas of the old brain, using

the power of divine light, we learned to harmonize superconscious

intention with subconscious potential in order to consciously

create desired realities.

All this work is very much in its experimental stages. The pos-

sibilities are endless. There are so many different expressions of

divine energy, each of which may have specific functions, but |

see them all as braiding together into a single evolutionary focus.

Having worked actively as a transpersonal psychotherapist for

many years, | am excited about the potential of Ilahinoor for

achieving profound emotional healing, as well as for more deeply

integrating divine light into the physical body. Many therapists are

starting to integrate this effort into their practice with clients, as

are healers, medical doctors, addiction therapists, and ordinary

people looking for deeper meaning in their lives. It seems to

me that this practice is a way of accelerating the supramental

manifestation of unified consciousness within the cellular body,

in the tradition of Sri Aurobindo and the Mother.

It was not surprising to discover the link between these two tradi-

tions. The Mother has said that she was Queen Tiyi, mother of the

Pharaoh Akhenaton; meanwhile, Grace feels that Sri Aurobindo

was the reincarnation of Akhenaton himself!

The morphogenetic field of Ilahinoor is ancient and strong. Like

Deeksha, it includes the potential for healing the body, mind,

heart, and soul to an unprecedented extent by restructuring

DNA in accordance with a divine blueprint. Our bodies are mul-

tidimensional temples of God, simply waiting to be transformed

into vehicles for supramental light.

| have been encouraging people who have been initiated into the

llahinoor light to experiment with initiating others. The power of

43

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

this light grows with the act of sharing. It is time to move beyond

hierarchies and human structures. The initiation comes not from

a person or an organization but from a Cosmic Source. Each can-

dle can directly light another from a single cosmic flame.

It is my hope that we will do this work wisely and well, giving and

receiving freely from the heart, awakening each other to the des-

tiny that awaits us collectively. Sri Aurobindo spoke of the birthing

of a new species of humanity, referring to this event as the supra-

mental awakening. The full awakening may take some time yet.

Perhaps Ilahinoor is another wave of cosmic light moving through

humanity today to prepare our bodies for this awakening.

44

Return to Egypt

chapter 13

Return to Egypt

In February 2008, Grace and |, along with many others from

around the world, found ourselves in Egypt. Although it was my

first visit there, it felt in many ways like we were returning to an

ancient homeland. We had come to reconnect with the spiritual

energies of this ancient world, and to explore the mysterious

connection with Akhenaton that we had each felt so strongly.

We also wished to touch the mystical sources of Ilahinoor, and

to explore the initiatory possibilities of this morphogenetic field.

We started our trip at Gouda Fayed’s Sphinx Guest House, over-

looking the magnificent Giza Plateau, directly across from the

Sphinx. Beyond this structure were the three pyramids, Khufu,

Khefra, and Menkaura, majestic in their size and beauty, power-

ful in their ancient presence.

We then began a long journey down the Nile, beginning with the

temple of Philae in Aswan, and travelling through Abu Simbel,

Komombo, Edfu, Luxor, Karnak, Hatshepsut, Dendera, Abydos,

and, finally, to Tel el Amarna, the City of the Horizon built by

Akhenaton, before returning once again to Giza.

Our guide, Mohammed Fayed, was a professor of archaeology

at the Cairo University with a unique gift for presenting us with

the archaeological as well as spiritual significance of the sites

we explored. He explained that the temples we were visiting

represented a network of chakras. Our journey down the Nile

thus symbolized the awakening of Kundalini within our own

bodies as well as along the Nile, beginning with the root chakra

at Philae and culminating with the crown chakra at the Great

Pyramid, to which we returned for a final ceremony.

45

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

Approximately 12,000 years ago, a great cataclysm took place. In

the wake of a galactic superwave, and the resulting sequence of

events, the magnetic poles of the Earth got flipped around. This

occurrence happened simultaneously with an event known as

crustal plate displacement, by which the outer crust of the Earth,

including seas and continents, disconnected from the inner core of

the Earth and began to slip. The resulting concussion caused con-

tinents to shift, and sent most of Atlantis to the bottom of the sea.
The collapse and realignment of the magnetic fields was like press-

ing a reset button in Earth’s evolution, and brought about a mas-

sive shift of consciousness. For those who were prepared for this

event, a tremendous burst of Kundalini flowed through their bod-

ies, dissolving the sense of separate ego identity held within the

physical personality. Simultaneously, new levels of soul awareness

were brought into embodiment, culminating in the transformation

of the physical body into a body of light. A select few were able

to pass through these gates of ascension into higher dimensional

worlds.

Those who were not prepared for this transformation went be-

neath the waves, or sailed off to far-flung regions of the Earth to

begin life anew. The process of evolution started again through

slow incarnational cycles, and we have arrived once more as a

species at the threshold of the divine human. Those of us who

remained behind in the previous cycle are now preparing to make

another attempt to merge our bodies into light.

Egypt was one of the destinations of surviving Atlanteans. The

pharaohs and priesthood of ancient Egypt clearly remembered

the events of 12,000 years previous, and were attempting —

through their initiatory paths and mummification rites — to recre-

ate the possibility of ascension for an elite few. The gateway to

46
Return to Egypt

the higher dimensions was still open to them, a dimension which

they referred to as the Halls of Amenti. Their entire religion was

based on their knowledge and access to these Halls of Amenti, an

akashic library where the deeper understandings of divine evolu-

tion and cycles of time are forever preserved.

The spiritual psychology of the ancient Egyptians reflected a deep

understanding of cosmic forces. The physical body was known to

them as the khat. The physical personality, including all the etheric,

mental, and emotional imprints of a given incarnation, was called

the ka. The luminous astral body was the akh, which when refined

through long spiritual training, enabled an initiate to consciously

travel between dimensions, and to the Halls of Amenti. The ba was

the soul, eternal and undying. And, finally, there were the neters.

The neters were the gods and goddesses of the Egyptian pan-

theon, divine personalities familiar to us as Thoth, Ra, Osiris, Isis,

Horus, Set, Maat, Nut, Geb, Hathor, Sekhmet, Anubis, and so on.

Some speak of twenty-two primary neters, each representing an

aspect of divine wholeness.

One of the foundational myths of ancient Egypt is the story of

Osiris and Isis, and their betrayal by Set, who kills and dismembers

Osiris, casting his body to the four winds. Isis, using her magical
arts, goes on a quest for the missing pieces, finally putting most of

him back together and breathing life into him for a brief moment.

Through divine conception, Horus is born, and avenges the death

of his father by killing Set.

Translations of the Egyptian Book of the Dead, inscribed hi-

eroglyphically along some of the tombs in the Valley of the

Kings, indicate that this story could have been a real-life drama

that took place during the last days of Atlantis. It is even possible

47

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

that all the neters had their origins in actual living beings during

the early migrations from Atlantis, and later became deified. Like

the Greek and Hindu gods, the neters of ancient Egypt embody a

vast archetypal terrain.

As we connected with the energies of these neters by journeying

through the sacred temples dedicated to them, we soon began

to realize that these powers were neither good nor bad in them-

selves. Each of these neters exists within each one of us, and each

of them could have both a dark face and a light face. They are

simply reflections of archetypal qualities within our own psyches,

and our human task is to grow in love, wisdom, and power as we

integrate these qualities within.

A touching example was the story that Mohammed shared with

us as we visited Sekhmet’s healing room in Karnak. Like the Hindu

goddess Kali, Sekhmet presents two distinct faces. During a time

when mankind had degenerated into great evil, the creator gods

chose the lion-headed goddess Sekhmet to obliterate the human

race. The dark face of Sekhmet was revealed as she went about

her terrible work of destruction.

Having accomplished her task, she remained in a state of fierce

madness, and Osiris was chosen to find a way to bring her back to

sanity. Turning himself into a playful monkey, Osiris slowly gained

her trust and, finally revealing his true form, accompanied her back

to the realm of the gods, where she eventually learned to excel in

the arts of healing. Thus it happened that destruction and heal-

ing are both aspects of Sekhmet. Like their counterparts on Earth,

each of the neters may have corresponding dual aspects.

48

The Mystery of Akhenaton

chapter 14
The Mystery

of Akhenaton

As we travelled, we also began to understand a little more about

the controversial pharaoh Akhenaton. As he opened himself to the

divine archetype of Aton, he experienced the unity of all things

as reflected in the symbol of the solar disk. As a consequence, he

revived the long-forgotten mystery school traditions that had pro-

vided initiates with direct access to their divine mastery.

Yet, as powerful as his experience of cosmic consciousness may

have been, and though sincere in his desire to share this experi-

ence with his people through the worship of the solar disk, Aton

made the mistake of denying the reality of the other neters and

dismantling the old religion that was dedicated to serving them.

Whether it was Akhenaton himself who was responsible for this

mistake — or those who followed him — the beautiful insight of

the One existing within the Many was distorted into a struggle

of the One against the Many. This mistake was costly, creating a

massive schism within the priesthood, and eventually bringing

about the demise of ancient Egypt.

Many historians believe that Moses was a contemporary of

Akhenaton, possibly his brother, Akhmoses; others believe

that he may, indeed, have been Akhenaton himself and that

his exodus from Egypt was what led to the demise of Tel el

Amarna. It is very probable that the monotheistic beliefs of the

Hebrews, which later gave rise to Christianity and Islam, are

rooted in the Aton worship instituted by Akhenaton.

49

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

Although this concept of a single unifying reality may have been

an important new awareness for those times, an unfortunate

result of dismantling the old gods during the time of Akhena-

ton was the suppression of the feminine aspects of divinity. The

Egyptian pantheon had been equally balanced between the

masculine and the feminine. Goddesses like Isis, Sekhmet, Ha-

thor, Maat, and Nepthys were equal in power to gods like Osiris,

Horus, Thoth, Ra, and Ptah.

Raising Aton above the rest of the Egyptian pantheon estab-

lished a patriarchial hierarchy in which a male God ruled su-

preme. This patriarchial hierarchy eventually led to a worldview

in which God no longer existed within Creation, but rather was

perceived as distant and separate from the natural forces of life.

A dualistic understanding of religion and reality was thus estab-

lished within the collective consciousness of humanity.

Many people experience Ilahinoor as a feminine energy, focused

within the body, and connected to the life-giving roots of Mother

Earth, and as a return to the mystical heart of life, where all things
are connected in oneness. As the morphogenetic field of Ilahinoor

continues to become stronger, could this strengthening help heal

the masculine-feminine split ingrained so deeply within the human

psyche?

When this healing happens and the feminine face of God is equal-

ly honored, could this change also mend the splits between the

world’s monotheistic religions? And when God is experienced

as being alive within all Creation, could this awareness help heal

the splits between heart and mind, body and spirit, heaven and

Earth, which have kept us from experiencing this Divine Presence

directly within our own lives?

50

The Mystery of Akhenaton

As our group in Egypt visited the city of Tel el Amarna that

Akhenaton had built, | experienced a momentary overlighting

of his presence through my body. Simultaneously standing over

a beautiful temple city at the height of Akhenaton’s reign and

looking out over a vast expanse of desert sand where nothing

now remains, | recognized that it was time for all truths to come

together. The many are returning to the one, even as the one is

reflected in the many. There was a sense that all was as it should

be, and that the vision that had awakened and that was later em-

bodied through Sri Aurobindo would soon be realized.

51

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 15

Darkness into Light

What happens during the upcoming geomagnetic reversal on

Earth will determine our future evolution as a species. Dur-

ing my trip to Egypt, | began to realize that there may be a

relationship between the twenty-two primary neters and the

twenty-two sets of chromosomes that we carry in our DNA;

and perhaps it wasn’t such a coincidence that there were

twenty-two members in our little group!

In integrating these neters within our own psyches, are we

somehow activating deeper levels of DNA potential? Scientists

have only been able to uncode about 3% of the DNA proteins.

The rest of it is considered junk. Could this junk DNA some-

how carry the potential for our evolution into the divine human?

And could a right understanding of the neters, coded within the

morphogenetic field represented by Ilahinoor, be a means of

activating this process?

If this were the case, | realized that one final piece needed to be

finished before our work in Egypt was complete — and that was

to embrace a quality of the divine that most of us feel a bit un-

comfortable with, the neter represented by the “evil” god Set.

| began to realize that, as a god of power and magic, Set plays a

necessary role in our lives, and carries great constructive poten-

tial. Only when divorced from love and wisdom does his power

become dangerous, turning to violence, manipulation, hatred, ag-

gression, and greed.

As I sat in my room directly across from the Giza plateau, | asked

the Sphinx to be my guide through the Halls of Amenti, where |

52

Darkness into Light

could come before Set and hear what he had to say. | felt a rush

of energy moving through my body, and soon felt Set’s words

resonating inside me.

—— 0
Not many dare to come to these sacred halls where you now

stand, and I will speak with you as you desire. Be alert however.

You may not be ready to hear what | have to say. And you may

break under the weight of my words. Yet you have come and

Į see you standing fearless in your kha, and I will continue to

speak until we are complete.

There is a power that has lain dormant for much of human-

ity. It is the power of creation. It is the power of magic. I, too, am

a guardian of this magic. It is the magic of power, the power to

create and the power to destroy.

This power is neither good nor evil. Do not look to me

through eyes jaded by human concepts. I am brother to Osiris. |

represent an elemental power of the Earth just as he represents

an elemental power of the stars.

The story you have heard represents the resurrection of

the soul from its long sleep within Earthly dimensions. Isis is the

mother of light and priestess of a divine magic, and | revere her

as no other. Yet the great drama had to be played out so that the

chains of matter could be broken, and this drama will continue

to be played out in your world until it is complete.

Look to me inside you even as you look to Isis, Osiris, and

the others from Amenti. You are not playing in puddles of hu-

man existence anymore. The spell of death hangs over you and

you know it not. You weave your lives of pathetic misery and you

call this aliveness. Is this what you choose to manifest with your
god-given powers?

53

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

The death | deal is a prelude to resurrection. The power |

give must be earned through your dedication and commitment

to humanity.

Many there have been who failed in themselves to inte-

grate these elemental powers. And the blame has always fallen

on me.

Humans have learned to fear me as evil. Yet evil is only a

judgment that is made when the mirror can no longer recog-

nize its wholeness, and breaks into tiny pieces of itself. Besides,

know that the gods themselves are evolving. You are the mirrors

through which we, too must evolve.

There is a final gateway upon your path, a final test of cour-

age and commitment. This is to face your own fears of the dark

power, which has nothing to do with me. It is to face your own

fragmentation of the soul as you descend through the veils.

The dark power is the magic of the Earth, just as the light

power is the magic of the stars. In the hands of Isis, fueled by the

passion of her love for Osiris, a doorway to new worlds of creation

was opened. You are going through this same passage now as you

prepare for the planetary shift you write about. But it means that

you learn to distinguish between false power, which is abusive, and

true power, which is creative. It means that you allow yourself to

feel the full power of creation flowing through the dark forgotten

places of your being, a power held within the cells of matter a

power deep within the DNA of your divine construction.

Any of the divine powers acting on their own ultimate-

ly create chaos. But when the twenty-two powers of creation

come together in wholeness, the passage between worlds is

opened up.

I share with you an understanding, on behalf of all of us

at Amenti. These twenty-two powers of creation together are

a morphogenetic field of new creation. Know that the Ilahinoor

54

Darkness into Light

work you are reclaiming during this time can harmonize and in-

tegrate these powers within your psyche and within your DNA,

for it comes not from Ra alone but from all the neters of Amenti.

Remember this as you work with this continually evolving mor-

phogenetic field.

Go now in peace.
This conversation with Set was a powerful reminder that cre-

ation and destruction are not separate. It is very possible that

as we enter the period of purification preceding the Shift, things

will start getting somewhat chaotic. If the timing of this event

has anything to do with the ending of the Mayan calendar, we

are already entering this time of chaos, which Set has referred

to as the final gateway, and Sri Aurobindo as the supramental

catastrophe.

Sri Aurobindo and the Mother felt from their own experiences

that the Supramental Earth already exists in a different dimen-

sion than our own; perhaps we might call this the Fifth Dimension

or the Sixth Dimension. Perhaps this is where the Halls of Amenti

exist. They felt that all that was needed to bring this dimension

into planetary experience was to link to the galactic conscious-

ness within ourselves and let it become externalized.

Lead us, Great Spirit, from the unreal to the real, from darkness

to light, from death to immortality. Lead us through the door-

ways of galactic consciousness so that we may create a heaven

on Earth.

55

PART II]
$

PRACTICE

GUIDELINES

Until one is committed, there is hesitancy,

the chance to draw back, always ineffectiveness.

Concerning all acts of initiative and creation,

there is one elementary truth

the ignorance of which kills countless ideas

and splendid plans:

That the moment one definitely commits oneself,

then Providence moves too.

All sorts of things occur to help one that would

never otherwise have occurred.

A whole stream of events issues from the decision,

raising in one’s favor all manner of unforeseen incidents,

meetings and material assistance which no

man could have dreamed would have come his way.

Whatever you can do or dream you can, begin it.

Boldness has genius, power and magic in it.

Begin it now.

— Johan Wolfgang von Goethe

57
ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 16

Experiments

with llahinoor

llahinoor is a cosmic evolutionary energy. Like many other healing

systems sweeping the planet today, including Reiki, Amanae,

Deeksha, Matrix Energetics, Pranic Healing, Quantum Touch,

Theta Healing, Reconnection, and so many others, the purpose

of Ilahinoor healing is to help humanity awaken to its infinite

potential.

Although LaViolette’s galactic superwave, traveling close to the

speed of light, has not yet reached us in our solar system, we may

be in the preparatory phases for it. Our bodies, hearts, and minds

are being gradually rewired in anticipation of the sudden evolu-

tionary energies that may be shortly coming our way.

The purpose of these cosmic pulses, by whatever name we refer

to them, is to raise the molecular frequencies of all matter in our

solar system, a process that some refer to as Ascension. This event

also correlates to a shift of consciousness being experienced on

all planets in our solar system, including, of course, here on Earth.

One function of these new frequencies in humans is that they ac-

tivate dormant functions within our nervous systems and brains,

resulting in the experience of multidimensional consciousness.

Simultaneously, these frequencies activate new codes within our

DNA, which begins a process of transformation within the human

species.

The Ilahinoor work is a process of integrating these cosmic evo-

lutionary energies for the purpose of awakening. Evolution has a

way of proceeding very gradually for long periods of time, and

58

Experiments with llahinoor

then suddenly taking a quantum leap. We are now evolving from

a species focused on physical survival, competitiveness, and ag-

gression to a species that can integrate the frequencies of soul

directly within the brain and nervous system.

As | discussed earlier, Sri Aurobindo referred to this emerging

species as the divine human. Rather than being trapped in a lin-

ear dimension of the time-space continuum, we will ultimately

experience ourselves as multidimensional beings able to move

around in time and space at will, unfettered by perceived limita-

tions of disease, aging, and death.

For many years, | have felt that our spiritual work was about em-

bodying this divine consciousness within bodies of matter. As |

continued using Ilahinoor with groups all over Turkey, Europe, and

India, thousands of people reported that they were experiencing,

often for the very first time in their lives, the ability to maintain

expanded states of consciousness while being very consciously

present in their physical bodies.

While first working with the Ilahinoor energy, | was somewhat

cautious, reluctant to share this experience with too many people;

likewise, | was discouraging people from sharing these energies

with the larger public without first monitoring the results with

themselves and one or two others. As people began to share ex-

periences, we were all amazed by the power and potential of this

work. Interestingly, people who had only recently experienced the

energies were having the same kinds of results as those who had

been working with these energies for a long time.

We began to realize that we were tapping into a vast and power-

ful morphogenetic field, which we could access not just in deep

states of meditation but in the crucible of our daily lives. We

began to recognize that anyone could access as well as transmit

this energy to others.

59

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 17

The Basic Treatment

As we continued experimenting with these energies, we would

have people working in pairs, usually sitting in chairs facing each

other. We would first show people where these points were located.

A sensitive area just above the occipital ridge serves as a gateway

to the old brain, and seems to be where a lot of our subconscious

energies can be accessed. We called these the //ahinoor points.

In order to locate these points, we would first have people find

the gall bladder 20 acupuncture points along the occipital ridge in

the back of the head, right at the base of the skull where it meets

the back of the neck. Then, about 2 or 3 cm up from there, and on

a plane extending to the middle of the ears, they would find two

hollows, a sensitive or sore spot for most people.

We would start by gazing into each other’s eyes for a couple min-

utes to make a soul contact. The eyes are windows to the soul, and
many people find that this kind of unconditional gazing quickly

brings them into a sense of shared soul presence. The giver would

then hold the Ilahinoor points on the receiver with one hand, while

covering the receiver’s forehead and crown with the other hand.

We called this the /lahinoor bridge.

Both people would connect with their higher selves, tune into

the Ilahinoor field, and invite the energy to come through, while

holding whatever intention they wished to manifest in accordance

with their highest good. If they wished to invite their own masters,

teachers, angels, or guides — or any aspect of the divine they felt

a resonance with — they could do that as well.

60

The Basic Treatment

The giver would hold the points for a few minutes, or as long

as they felt intuitively guided, and then the receiver would take

a few minutes to stay in this receptive silence. Afterwards, they

would reverse places, and the receiver would become the giver.

Interestingly, many said they felt more intense energies channel-

ing through them while giving an Ilahinoor treatment than while

receiving one.

As the work evolved, we were guided to add other hand posi-

tions. After holding the llahinoor bridge for a few minutes, the

hand held over the forehead would move down to the heart

chakra in the center of the chest, creating a contact between the

old brain and the heart. This hand could optionally move down

next to just below the sternum to make a contact between the

old brain and the solar plexus.

After this step, with one hand extended palm upward connect-

ing with cosmic light, the giver would point the extended pinkie

Clittle finger) of the other hand directly into the third eye, a short

distance away from the physical body, activating the pineal gland.

The little finger represents the element of fire, since the heart me-

ridian and small intestine meridian both run through this finger.

The heart meridian represents the fire of spirit, or shen, while the

small intestine represents the fire of digestion, or chi. Using the

little finger like a laser, we would let ourselves become channels

for cosmic light to energize the Kundalini fires within the third eye.

Once this transmission felt complete, the hand that was facing

upward would extend down toward the Earth, this time with the

intention of bringing up the Earth light and channeling it into the

third eye using the same fire finger. The balance of cosmic light

and Earth light is important. One is electrical in nature, the other

magnetic. Feel intuitively what is needed at the time and continue

channeling these energies until it feels complete. When we feel

61
ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

stressed and overwhelmed, we often need the energies of Mother

Earth to balance us. At other times, we may need to connect with

the Cosmic Source to find our inspiration and joy.

We would end with the tube of light to balance and ground the

energies. The giver reaches up above the receiver’s head to con-

nect with the edges of an etheric tube extending vertically down

through the aura of the receiver. This tube goes all the way up

to the Cosmic Source and then extends all the way down to the

center of the Earth.

After reaching up as high as we can to make a connection with the

Cosmic Source, we slowly bring our hands down, feeling the en-

ergy balancing out through all the chakras above, within, and be-

low the physical body, until it is anchored in the very heart of the

Earth — like dropping an anchor from a boat. Once the Ilahinoor

energies are anchored through the person and deep within the

Earth, the winds may come and the tides may roll but the person’s

energy remains balanced and stable.

We would then end with the Holographic Merkaba, as described in

the following chapter.

For those who would like to experiment with the Ilahinoor work, a

summary of the Basic Treatment follows:

One on one - Basic Treatment

1. Create a sacred space with appropriate music, if desired.

Many find that music incorporating the sounds of whales

and dolphins can be especially powerful. Find a partner and

choose who goes first. Make a prayer or invocation if you

wish. The following steps are described from the perspective

of the giver.

62

The Basic Treatment

Holding hands, and with chairs facing each other, create a sou/

merge by gazing into each other’s eyes. Meanwhile, attune to

the Ilahinoor field in whatever way works for you. You may

want to repeat the word //ahinoor to yourself, or visualize the

energy as a golden rain gently flowing in through the crown. In-

voke your higher self and your spiritual guides, if you wish. Just

intending to make the connection is usually enough. When you

feel the energy flowing through you, begin the transmission.

Some people may feel initially uncomfortable with direct

eye contact, in which case you may want either to skip this

step or simply hold hands together with eyes closed.

Create the /lahinoor bridge by holding one hand over the

llahinoor points in the back of the head, and the other hand

over the forehead and crown. Hold the head lightly, allowing

room for whatever shaking or movements want to happen.

63

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

4. Make a heart activation by keeping one hand on the //ahinoor

points at the back of the head, while bringing the other hand

down to the heart chakra.

You may optionally continue moving from heart chakra to

solar plexus with one hand, while making contact with the

llahinoor points with the other.

64

The Basic Treatment

With the palm of one hand facing up toward the Cosmic

Source, use the pinkie (little finger) of the other hand as if it

were a laser beam to channel this cosmic energy into the third

eye, slightly away from the body. Keep your eyes open at this

point so that your finger maintains its focus.

With the pinkie remaining in position, move the other hand

down, facing the Earth. Begin channeling Earth energy up

into the third eye.

65
ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

End with the tube of light. Reaching up with both hands as

high as you can above the person’s head to connect with

their higher self, or Source, sense a tube of light extend-

ing about one meter or more in diameter out from their

body. This tube extends all the way up to the cosmos and

all the way down to the center of the Earth, including all

the chakras between. Starting with the Source, slowly move

your hands down along the edges of this tube of light until

you anchor the energy into the very center of the Earth.

66

The Basic Treatment

8. Holographic Merkaba. Holding your hands palms together

over your own heart, feel yourself attuning to the heart

chakra of the receiver. When the moment feels right, take

a deep breath, then quickly extend your hands out and

around as you expel your breath, activating the merkaba of

the receiver. Do this gesture twice: once to activate the spin

in one direction, and again to activate the spin in the other

direction.

This is the basic llahinoor treatment. When you are giving, remem-

ber that you are simply serving as a channel for the energy, which

has its own intelligence. You are not doing anything or trying to

make anything happen. Ilahinoor will flow through you and go

where it is needed. The more you relax, the more you will find your

hands being guided. Follow your intuitive sense of how long they

need to remain in each position.

Following the transmission, allow some time to integrate the en-

ergy before swapping roles and starting again from the beginning.

67

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

Ending with a hug is always nice. You may both want to rest af-

terwards. Lying down for a few minutes, allowing your breath to

become deep, slow, and rhythmic, can help integrate your experi-

ence of the energy. Drink plenty of water following a transmission.

Basic Self-Treatment

You may also do this treatment on yourself. Simply close your eyes

to establish your connection with the llahinoor field, and then use

the same hand positions on yourself. You may find it easier to

place your entire hand around the back of your head instead of

awkwardly bending your wrists trying to hold the points. Once

you have worked with the Ilahinoor bridge for some time, simply

having the intention to connect with the Ilahinoor field is often

enough to get the energy flowing.

It helps to lie down comfortably, perhaps with relaxing music, and

give yourself time to fully receive this energy. Breathe deeply and

rhythmically. A good time to practice Ilahinoor on yourself is

immediately upon awakening, while you are still halfway in the

dream worlds of the subconscious mind. You can also practice

the Ilahinoor bridge at the first signs of physical stress or emo-

tional distress during the day.

Distance Transmission

Once you are familiar with the llahinoor field, you can simply

visualize a person or focus on their picture to send them a trans-

mission. Use your hands in a blessing position, if that feels right. If

the person is receiving a long-distance session at a predetermined

time, he or she can continue relaxing for a while after the transmis-

sion is over in order to integrate the energy further. The transmis-

sion can also be conducted over the phone.

Distance transmissions can be especially powerful when you have

an entire group of people focusing their energies toward a person,

68

The Basic Treatment

place, or situation. In seminars, we often have people sit in a circle

and call upon various individuals in need of healing to take their

place in the center. This transmission may include people who are

physically present in the circle, or people whom we would invite

in energetically.

We would then extend our palms out to send an Ilahinoor trans-

mission for physical or emotional healing, or whatever else is

needed. This practice can be done with individuals or entire com-

munities or countries, for instance, if a part of the world is expe-

riencing a natural disaster or human conflict. We can work with

world leaders and specific situations; or, we can simply invite the

entire planet with all her ecosystems to receive the cosmic light in

her journey of awakening.

Ideally, it is helpful to transmit Ilahinoor from a place of uncondi-

tional love and acceptance, asking simply for the highest good of

the person, situation, or planet. This attitude is especially impor-

tant when we wish for the healing of a loved one who is sick or

dying. We naturally wish to pray for a recovery, but we must not

get overly attached to a particular outcome.

It may be, for instance, that someone is choosing to use an illness

in order to leave the body and move on to another dimension

of experience, in which case it would not be right to hold him or

her back. If the soul is choosing to leave, then the transmission

can serve as a beautiful gift of light to help open up the way. So

whatever intention we seek, it is always good to ask the receiver’s

higher self to use the healing for whatever serves his or her high-

est good.

As we continued to experiment, additional treatment pat-

terns were created, as described later in this book. But first, |

would like to explore a light technology that | refer to as the

Holographic Merkaba.

69

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 18
The Holographic

Merkaba

| have always felt that we are capable of far more than we

know. During the years | lived in Mt. Shasta, California, | had

become deeply interested in ascension, a process of merging

the physical body with the light body as a means of experienc-

ing multidimensional consciousness in physical form. | never

thought it was really possible until the day, while hiking in the

mountains, | met one of these ascended masters. After telling

me certain things about my past and future, he promptly de-

materialized, initiating me on a journey that continues today.

The journey has taken me through various means of accessing di-

vine light, such as deeksha and /lahinoor. It took me into a deeper

understanding of what is happening on the planet and within our

galaxy, as | have outlined in previous chapters. And, in January

2009, it led me to an ancient practice of rejuvenation known as

kayakalpa, and to an ayurvedic doctor in India, Dr. Raviraj Kadle,

who has made it his mission to revive this ancient practice.

Yogic texts are filled with examples of yogis in olden times who

lived up in their caves and Himalayan mountaintops. They lived

for hundreds, sometimes thousands, of years in relative seclu-

sion, working on purifying their subtle bodies, and transforming

their physical bodies into light. They were known as siddha mas-

ters, or adepts. They would come down from their caves every
few decades in order to undergo a specific rejuvenation process

under the supervision of a specialized ayurvedic practitioner, and

then go back up to continue what they were doing.

70

The Holographic Merkaba

This kayakalpa process would typically last nine months and was

done in near-complete darkness. After an initial cleansing, various

herbs and a form of specially processed powdered gold ash would

be ingested on a daily basis, which would allow the pineal gland to

open. This opening would activate the rejuvenative powers of the

endocrine system so as to effectively reverse the aging process.

| decided to contact Dr. Kadle, and start off with an introductory

twenty-one-day program. During this time | remained inside a tiny

room in near-complete darkness, cleansing, meditating, and in-

gesting the herbs and gold ash provided by Dr. Kadle. The gold

activated a deep sensitivity to the inner light, which was some-

times so strong as to be almost blinding.

One day | had the vision of an intricate spherical design in front of

my eyes, similar to a three-dimensional flower of life. | had, for many

years, been practicing Drunvalo Melchizedek’s Merkaba meditation

for activating the light body, and this experience felt somehow re-
lated. A couple days later, | saw this bright sphere again, but this

time it was embedded with curled up dimensions that would be

impossible for me to describe in ordinary language. | realized | was

seeing the geometries for a new layer of my light body.

The Merkaba refers to a field of higher-dimensional geometries

that connect the physical body with the higher bodies. The linguis-

tic origins of this term go back to ancient Egypt. Ka represents a

luminous counterpart of the physical body, whose function was to

feed and maintain the physical form in perfect health. Ba repre-

sents the soul. Thus, the Merkaba represents the merging of the ka

with the ba, a geometrical matrix that unifies the flow of energies

between the physical body and the light body.

After attuning to the image of this geometrical structure, | exper-

imented with using my breath to activate this Merkaba around

my body, and was shown some simple techniques to lock this

71

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

Merkaba into place. | also experimented with extending this

Merkaba outward in all directions through the use of Drunvalo’s

expelling breath.
| noticed that whenever | practiced this meditation, unusually

strong winds would come up, often blowing through the entire

night. By somehow activating and linking my own Merkaba to the

collective Merkaba fields, a cleansing process was being initiated

that extended out to the surrounding land.

At this point, the meditation | was doing was similar to Drunvalo’s

system except that the geometry of the Merkaba was different. As

| continued to practice this meditation, | realized that my inner self

could activate this new Merkaba field very quickly if | first called in

the llahinoor energy and anchored it through my body.

This practice evolved into what | call the Holographic Merkaba.

After anchoring the Ilahinoor energies, | would place my hands

in prayer position over my heart chakra, take a deep breath, and

then rapidly move my hands above and around my body while

expelling my breath quickly and forcefully with a popping sound,

returning to the heart from below in the same rapid movement. It

was like tracing an apple or torroidal shape out into the aura, start-

ing and ending in the heart. | would perform this action twice for

each stage of expansion as | gradually linked further and further

out into the cosmos.

| took another group to Egypt shortly after the end of my kay-

akalpa experience. At one point, after visiting one of the temples,

we felt the presence of ancient deities guiding us into doing the

Holographic Merkaba as a group, progressively linking our per-

sonal energy fields with collective and planetary fields through the

activation of this Holographic Merkaba.

Shortly after this experience, | was teaching a seminar in Ger-

many, where one of the course participants shared with me a

72

The Holographic Merkaba

book written by Drunvalo called Living in the Heart, in which he

repeatedly refers to physical darkness as a means of awaken-

ing the inner vision and the sacred place within the heart. | was

fascinated. This darkness was just what | had been experiencing

during my kayakalpa retreat!

Drunvalo also speaks about a torroidal forcefield surrounding the

heart, which was an extension of the Merkaba. Is this the same

forcefield | had been shown during my kayakalpa retreat? He

draws this forcefield as two doughnut-shaped torroidal spheres

nestled one inside the other. Does this forcefield explain why | had

been guided to do the Holographic Merkaba breath twice at each

stage of expansion, once for each of these torroidal soheres?

The power of this Holographic Merkaba was so profound that

we ended up incorporating this concept into all of our llahinoor

sessions. After grounding the tube of light, the giver would finish

the session by creating this Merkaba field twice around the re-

ceiver — once to activate the Merkaba rotating left, and again to

activate the Merkaba rotating right. The Merkaba would then sta-

bilize itself in its optimum rotational harmony. We also have been

experimenting with incorporating this concept into self-healing,

long-distance healing, and group healings.

To summarize: Place your hands on your own heart, make a link

to the heart chakra of the receiver, take a deep breath, and ex-

pel it forcefully while moving your hands rapidly in a circle out

and around the receiver’s body. Do this twice. This movement

activates a forcefield around the receiver and opens a doorway to

multidimensional consciousness.

It is not necessary to visualize anything. The heart is connected to

the wisdom of the body, which knows exactly what to do without

interference from the thinking mind. Remain in the experience of

this field as long as you wish.

73

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 19
Diagonal Treatments

As we enter deeper into the vibrations of the Golden Age, we

are beginning to shift away from self-imposed limitations toward

divine mastery. No rules or limits dictate how far we can go. If any

of you feel called to experiment with llahinoor as a system for

healing and awakening, or to combine it with a healing system

you already use, please do so.

There is a difference between //lahinoor as a morphogenetic field

of light and the /ahinoor treatment, which refers to specific tech-

niques for accessing this field. As long as we connect with the

llahinoor field, what techniques we use do not really matter. The

Basic Treatment and the Holographic Merkaba are good tools for

anchoring this field into the body. Later, we found other ways to

bring this energy in deeper. | will offer a few of these techniques

as we go along, but please don’t get attached to specific forms.

These are guidelines rather than rules; they are continually evolv-

ing. In each case, please look to your higher self for more specific

guidance.

In the ayurvedic tradition, three kinds of energy flows can be

utilized in hands-on healing — vertical, horizontal, and diagonal.

The diagonal flows, which stimulate the flow of Kundalini mov-

ing up the spine, are the most powerful. In order to deepen the

integration of this cosmic energy, we first began to work with the

thirteen major joints in a diagonal sequence, ending by ground-

ing both feet together.

We would start with the Basic Treatment up until the heart ac-

tivation, go through the diagonal sequence, and then continue

74

Diagonal Treatments

with the rest of the Basic Treatment, ending with the Holo-

graphic Merkaba.

One on one - Joint treatment

Start with the Basic Treatment - soul merge, Ilahinoor bridge,

heart activation. Then, with the receiver lying down on a mas-

sage table or the floor, use your hands to make the following

connections.

Back of neck and left elbow

Left elbow and right wrist

Back of neck and right elbow

Right elbow and left wrist

Both wrists together to balance left and right sides

Right shoulder and left hip

Left hip and right knee

Right knee and left ankle

O ONDUAN”

Left ankle and right wrist

10. Left shoulder and right hip

11. Right hip and left knee

12. Left knee and right ankle

13. Right ankle and left wrist

14. Both ankles together to ground the energy

Complete with pinkie, tube of light, and Holographic Merkaba

In the course of sharing this diagonal treatment in one of our

workshops, | met Alberto and Giulia, two healers from Sardinia,

Italy. This treatment reminded them of a sequence they had

learned from the well-known Cypriot healer, Daskalos, which

included the joints as well as the jaw, lymph nodes under the

arms, liver, and spleen. We incorporated this sequence into the

work with amazing results. The lymph nodes, liver, and spleen

are useful for detoxification of the body, and seemed to great-

ly support the rest of the diagonal work.

75

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

As with the previous treatment, each set of points is held on the

opposite side of the body in order to stimulate the Kundalini flow

along the spine. The giver and receiver sit on chairs facing each

other. As the giver moves from one position to another, the re-

ceiver is receptive to whatever energies she or he is experiencing.

For the sake of brevity, | am assuming that the sequence is clear

enough not to explicitly mention receiver or giver in each step.

og eg jo
CE

CO

omn

tea

@22

Dn aai

=°

Nene

722

Ta
g=

Van

a=

Diagonal Treatments
ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

One on one - Extended diagonal treatment

Begin with soul merge, Ilahinoor bridge, and heart activation.

Then move on to the diagonal sequence with your hands con-

necting with the receiver as follows:

Back of neck with right jaw

Right jaw with left shoulder

Left shoulder with lymph nodes under right arm

Right underarm with spleen area

Spleen with right hip

Right hip with back of left knee

Left knee with right ankle

Right ankle with left wrist

OMNOAWARAWN =

Both wrists together

10. Back of neck with left jaw

11. Left jaw with right shoulder

12. Right shoulder with lymph node under left arm

13. Left underarm with liver area

14. Liver with left hip

15. Left hip with back of right knee

16. Right knee with left ankle

17. Left ankle with right wrist

18. Both ankles together

The giver then places his/her hands on the soles of receiver’s

feet, channeling Earth energy up into receiver’s body. This up-

loading of Earth energy is an important counterpart with which

to end the treatment, since we have so far been working with

downloading cosmic energy. Follow this up with the pinkie acti-

vation, tube of light, and Holographic Merkaba.

Hold each set of points until you feel a flow or pulsing of light.

When it is time to make the diagonal between knee and ankle, it

78

Diagonal Treatments

may be useful for the giver to pick up the receiver’s leg and place

it over his/her own leg, maintaining this position for the ankle-

wrist diagonal as well. This position keeps the back straight and

is more comfortable.

The link between the ankle and the wrist on both sides is espe-

cially important because this link connects all the meridians of

the body, six of which move through the ankle and six of which

move through the wrist.

One benefit of this treatment is that it also stimulates each of

the chakras in turn. The Ilahinoor bridge stimulates the crown

and third eye, the jaw-shoulder hold stimulates the throat chakra,

the shoulder-underarm hold stimulates the heart chakra, the un-

derarm with spleen/liver stimulates the solar plexus, the spleen/

liver with hip stimulates the sacral chakra, and the hip-knee hold

stimulates the root chakra.

This treatment can also be done on a massage table with the

receiver lying down and the giver sitting alongside on a chair. It

can also be done with two givers, mirroring each other on the

diagonals!
79

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

80

Diagonal Treatments
ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

Instructions for a self-treatment are as follows:

Diagonal Self-Treatment
1.

Connect with your higher self and guides as you attune to the

morphogenetic field of Divine Light. Feel this light descending

through the crown as a gentle golden rain.

Make the Ilahinoor bridge on yourself, touching the Ilahinoor

points on the back of the head with one hand while placing

your other hand on the forehead and crown area. After the

first few times, placing your entire hand on the back of the

head may be easier. Once you are familiar with the energy, you

may find that you do not need the hand positions anymore.

Continue with the heart activation.

Start the diagonal sequence, hold the diagonal positions on

yourself in whatever sequence feels comfortable, incorporat-

ing the back of the neck, jaw, shoulder, underarm, liver/spleen,

hips, knees, ankles, wrists, and elbows. Include both sides of

the body.

End with tube of light and Merkaba activation.

Lie down comfortably, perhaps with relaxing music, and

give yourself time to integrate this energy. Breathe deeply

and rhythmically.

A good time to practice Ilahinoor on yourself is immediate-

ly upon awakening, while you are still halfway in the dream

worlds of the subconscious mind. You may find that the ex-

perience is stronger if you maintain the same body position

as when you first wake up. You can also use Ilahinoor to pro-

gram your dream state while falling asleep. Experiment with

the diagonal positions while continuing to lie in bed!

82

Spinal Treatment

chapter 20

Spinal Treatment

A healthy spine creates a healthy body. Besides the spine itself,

there are spinal nerves branching out from each vertebra, which

themselves connect with every single part of the body. The cere-

bro-spinal fluid moves through the spinal column between the

cranium and the sacrum, keeping the nervous system in balance.

There are also Kundalini channels situated along the spine that

govern the life force moving through our bodies and link us to

our higher bodies, through the chakra system.

With all the physical and emotional stresses of our daily lives,

the spine often takes the impact. Doing some Ilahinoor work

with the spine can therefore be a deeply soothing and energiz-

ing experience.

One way to work is simply to start with the Basic Treatment, and

then work with each vertebra, gently applying pressure first on

one side, then on the other side, and then slightly inward. It is im-

portant to be very sensitive here, as strong pressure on the spinal

column can often be painful and damaging.

An easier and perhaps more effective treatment was shown to me

by my friend Sophia Hildebrand from Stuttgart, Germany. We start

with the soul merge, Ilahinoor bridge, and heart activation, as with

most Ilahinoor treatments. Then, we find a point in the side of the

neck directly below the bottom of each earlobe. These are access

points into the spinal column.

There are numerical codes connected with each of the vertebrae.

For example, the code for the atlas, which is the first cervical

83
ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

vertebra, is 727-70 or one two one dash one zero. The code for the

axis, which is the second cervical vertebra, is 727-20 pronounced

as one two one dash two zero. There are thirty-three vertebrae

along the spine, which can be adjusted energetically through

these earlobe points by mentally visualizing these codes while

focusing on the different vertebrae.

The spinal cord consists of thirty-three vertebrae, which are usu-

ally categorized as follows:

7 cervical vertebrae, C1-C7

12 thoracic vertebrae, T1-T12

lumbar vertebrae, L1-L5

sacral vertebrae, which are fused together to form the sa-

crum

4 coccygeal vertebrae, which are fused together to form the

coccyx or tailbone

The codes for each of these vertebrae go consecutively from top

to bottom, starting with 727-10 (one two one dash one zero), go-

ing up ten for each successive vertebra, and ending with 127-330
(one two one dash thirty-three zero). Thus, for example, C3 cor-

responds with 121-30, T5 corresponds with 121-120, and L1 would be

121-200. The tip of the tailbone would be 121-330.

If you have specific problems with any of these vertebrae, simply

hold the earlobe points while visualizing the corresponding code,

and let the Ilahinoor energy do the work; or, simply go down the

entire spine by numerical codes, either on yourself or on another

person, continuing to hold the earlobe points.

Another way to work with the spine is to apply a gentle vibrat-

ing movement over the spine. If you were working with a partner,

stand on one side of the receiver, who is seated on a stool. Start-

ing with the neck, place your palms next to each other sideways

over the top of his or her spine, thumbs touching each other. The

84

Spinal Treatment

padded area of the palm just below your fingers is making firm

contact with the spinal column.

Gently vibrate your hands, letting the movement emanate from

your entire body. It’s a gentle vibration, not so much a shaking as a

trembling. Continue this movement for a minute or two, then stop

and let the energy integrate in stillness for another minute or two.

Move on down to the next position along the spine and do the

same thing. Continue down again to the bottom part of the spine

and do the same thing. For most people, three hand positions will

cover the entire spine, although if your hands are small or the per-

son is exceptionally tall, it may take a fourth hand position.

End with lightly holding the middle finger of one hand on the tail-

bone, and the middle finger of your other hand on the crown. Stay

with this position until you feel an energy pulsation, which means

the cerebro-spinal fluid is flowing smoothly between the cranium

and the sacrum.

You may combine the codes with the vibration, as in the following

treatment:

Spinal Treatment

1. Receiver sits on stool, with giver sitting or standing to one side

2. Start with soul merge, llahinoor bridge, and heart activation

3. Holding the earlobe points with the middle fingers of each

hand, visualize the codes for the first three vertebrae one by

one, 727-10 for the atlas, 727-10 for the axis, and 127-30 for the

third cervical vertebra.

4. Then, placing the palms of both hands sideways on the re-

ceiver’s neck area, thumbs touching each other, gently start

the vibration. Continue for one or two minutes

85

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

Hold still for a minute or two

Move down the spine to the next spine position and start the

vibration. Continue for one or two minutes

Hold still for a minute or two

Move down to the next spine position and start the vibration.

Continue for one or two minutes

Hold still for a minute or two

. Place the middle finger of one hand lightly on the crown

chakra, with the other hand connecting lightly to the tailbone

of the receiver. This position activates the cerebro-spinal fluid,

and grounds the energy through the central channel into the

Earth

Finish with pinkie activation, tube of light, and Holographic

Merkaba

Spinal Treatment

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 21

Miscellaneous

Treatments

As we shared the lIlahinoor work in various settings, we con-

tinued to experiment with various treatment patterns, many of

which were created by participants who were simply following

their intuitive guidance, or had experience in other forms of heal-

ing practices.

We experimented with circle healings, where several people

would work together on one person lying in the center of the cir-

cle. We experimented with long-distance healings and initiations.

We practiced combining Ilahinoor with other healing modalities

such as Reiki, Deeksha, Reconnection, Polarity Therapy, Quantum

Touch, Pranic Healing, Bodytalk, EFT, Matrix Energetics, and Rus-

sian Healing. We worked with people who were experiencing vari-

ous kinds of physical or psychological addictions. We worked with

people who were birthing or dying.

Although it helps in the beginning to work with a partner or ina

group, all of these treatments can also be done individually. We

experimented with people calling in the energy on their own, sit-

ting or lying in meditation, breathing gently and fully, holding the

points on their own heads if they felt the need to, letting the ener-

gy pour through as a liquid golden light directly from their Higher

Self. They could hold a specific intention if they wished, or simply

surrender to their higher self to guide the process.

| would like to emphasize again that the Ilahinoor initiations come

directly from the morphogenetic fields of light, and not from any

human source. One candle can light many candles, and each of
88

Miscellaneous Treatments

these candles can light many more. Ilahinoor is a gift from the

gods, and | would not like to see any hierarchical organizations be-

ing created around this cosmic energy, nor for it to be misused for

excessive financial gain.

Below is a sample of other possible treatments:

One on One - Simultaneous Treatment

In this treatment, the two partners work on each other simulta-

neously. Sitting close together, both lean forward until their fore-

heads touch at the third eye, while each places one finger of each

hand on the Ilahinoor points of the other person. This position can

create a very powerful connection between the two partners, and

is especially beautiful when there is already closeness between the

two. Interestingly, this position can also be very healing for a cou-

ple when they are in the middle of a verbal or emotional conflict.

One on One - Crown Adjustment

Place your hand in a blessing position over the receiver’s head,

either physically touching or held slightly away from the body. In-

voke the Ilahinoor energy through your Higher Selves and feel a

down-pouring of light entering at the crown chakra. Experiment

with subtle movements to adjust this download as needed.

One on One - Foot Treatment

For someone whose Kundalini is already active, a good way of

grounding and integrating the energy is for the giver to hold the

bottom of the receiver’s feet, inviting the cosmic light in through

the crown of the receiver, and magnetically attracting it all the way

down the body to the soles of his or her feet. Then reverse the

flow, feeling energy from the Earth below pouring in through the

soles of the feet, filling the body up to the head. Remain in this

position for twenty to thirty minutes, or until the energy feels fully

grounded and balanced. This treatment can also be very powerful

89

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

for someone who is tired, stressed, or experiencing a Kundalini

overload.
One on One - Off the Body Treatment

With practice, distinguishing various layers within the energy field

of the receiver becomes easy. For example, the etheric double

extends a few centimeters out from the physical body, while the

emotional body extends out approximately one meter beyond the

skin. The mental body may extend two or three meters out, and

various layers of the soul body may extend out much further.

In this treatment, the practitioner remains standing above the re-

ceiver, who is lying comfortably at ground level. Work with these

energy fields as intuitively guided, using the hands to connect

with the subtle fields and harmonizing them. You may find your-

self moving further and further away from the physical body as

you harmonize subtler and subtler layers of the field.

It is recommended that you do the Basic Treatment a few times

before attempting this more advanced treatment.

Proxy Treatment

If the intended receiver is not physically present, someone who is

physically present can serve as a proxy for that person. Working

on the proxy, the practitioner not only helps the proxy but also

allows this divine light to be transmitted very effectively across

a physical distance to the person for whom it is intended. This

treatment can be especially helpful if a strong positive connection

exists between the receiver and the proxy.

Group Treatment

This method is one of my favorite ways of working with Ilahinoor.

One person lies down on a massage table or on a comfortable

mat, with several others making a circle around the receiver hold-

ing diagonal positions over the joints. It helps to have one person

90

Miscellaneous Treatments

cradling the head, and another grounding the feet. Include the

chakras, if you wish, and any specific problem areas.

If it is too awkward to stretch diagonally across the receiver’s body,

and depending on the number of people in the circle, experiment

with linking shoulder to hip, and wrist to knee, simultaneously on

both sides of the body. For example, if eight people are in the

circle, one person can lie down to receive, with one person at the

head and another at the feet. One person may sit on the right

side, connecting shoulder and hip, while another makes a connec-

tion between wrist and knee; this position will be mirrored by two

people on the left side. The eighth person would simply connect

the heart and solar plexus chakras.

The receiver states his or her intention for the healing, and the

circle responds by channeling the llahinoor light to support this in-

tention. After a few minutes, the givers slowly lift their hands away

from the physical body, giving the receiver a couple of minutes to

integrate. Group members then rotate positions around the circle

in such a way that everybody gets a turn at each position.

Circle Healing

This method is a simple and playful way to share the Ilahinoor en-

ergy with a group of people. Everybody stands in a circle, and then

makes a half turn so they are all facing the same direction. Place

your hands on the person in front of you while receiving a blessing

from the person behind you.

Gazing Circle

Here the intent is simply to sit within a circle of people and call in

the Ilahinoor light with each participant holding eye contact with

one other participant for as long as feels right. Either participant

within a partnership may break eye contact whenever desired,

go within to integrate the energy, and then move on to another

91

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

participant in the circle. This is a powerful exercise for quickly

entering into deep states of unified consciousness.

Group Soul Treatment

This is an amazingly powerful transmission of light that happens

by simply attuning with the group soul of any group of people

gathered together with focused intention. The same chakra sys-

tem that is activated by the Ilahinoor field for an individual can be

activated on the level of this group soul. When the crown, heart,

and Earth chakras of a group are activated in this way, the ener-

gies can flow very profoundly through the entire group without

the need for individual physical transmissions. This treatment is

more advanced, and requires the practitioner to have developed

a certain degree of unification within the subtle bodies, and to

be able to withstand large amounts of divine light channeling

through the body.

Higher Dimensional Transmissions

Once you have learned to work with the Ilahinoor field and your

access to the higher self is established, giving an Ilahinoor ses-

sion becomes even simpler. You simply make a clear request

to your higher dimensional self and then let go, allowing the

transmission to happen by itself. | first realized this would hap-

pen when I was asked to give a long distance Ilahinoor healing,

promised to do so, and then forgot. To my surprise, the person

called me the next day thanking me for what she described as

a very profound experience!

When the same thing happened on a couple of other occasions, |

realized that soul intention comes from a different place than men-

tal intention. As our physical bodies become increasingly merged

with our subtle bodies, our intentions become a gate through

which higher dimensional energies can flow directly from the

source field to whichever persons or situations our attention is

92

Miscellaneous Treatments

directed toward. The more connected | AM with my inner being,

the more this unified light can flow wherever it chooses to go,

blessing each other and our planet in accordance with a higher

evolutionary plan!
Saturday Morning llahinoor

Many of us around the world have been experimenting with ener-

gizing the Ilahinoor field on Saturday mornings at whatever time

we are awake and ready to transmit. We invite people to join us

if they wish, and also to receive an llahinoor initiation if they need

to, whether for physical healing, emotional well-being, spiritual

awakening, or for assistance in manifesting material needs in ac-

cordance with a divine plan. Focusing attention together in this

way helps to strengthen the morphogenetic field of unified light

for the entire planet.

Hahinoor for Birthing and Dying

llahinoor helps to open the doorway between worlds. As such, it

can be a beautiful experience for everyone involved to hold this

space of unified light as a loved one makes the passage from one

dimensional state to another, whether in birth or in death. It can

also be useful to assist someone who is making a shamanic jour-

ney by holding him in this state of expanded unified awareness!

| was halfway across the world in Switzerland when my father died

from heart failure. The night before his passage, | had been relax-

ing at a friend’s home when | felt an enormous light enfolding my

entire body, filling me with a deep sense of peace and ecstasy. | felt

somehow that this feeling had to do with my father, even though

| had no inkling of his impending heart attack. When my brother

called me with the news the following morning, | was shocked and

saddened, but not surprised. | had felt the night before that he was

ready to go and that he was being guided smoothly and joyfully

into the light.

93

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 22

Addiction and

Trauma Release

Very few of us are truly free. If our nervous system were totally

open and our subconscious mind completely clear, we would be

capable of making free choices and living in full presence; how-

ever, most of us are crippled by traumas, concepts, phobias, and

addictions that keep us trapped in a loop of conditioned feelings,

thoughts, and behaviors.

Our subconscious mind is magnetically linked to a massive mor-

phogenetic field that encompasses the entire history of humanity.

We inherit certain tendencies simply by being born into human

bodies — what Christians refer to as original sin. The stronger this

morphogenetic field becomes, the more it controls our lives, and

the less freedom we have. Our political, economic, and social sys-

tems, by whatever names we choose to label them, are a direct

reflection of this loss of freedom.

Earlier in this book, | referred to the geomagnetic reversal and its

potential to reboot the operating system of human consciousness.

This event would be a time when the entire subconscious slate of

human conditioning could be wiped out, giving us an opportunity

to start over as a new species, connected directly to our multidi-

mensional presence.

But perhaps we don’t have to wait for this geomagnetic reversal

in order to begin our journey back to freedom. The supercon-

scious power of the Ilahinoor work is a potent antidote to original

sin. It is a means of regaining our original innocence by demag-

netizing the subtle conditioning of our subconscious mind. This

94

Addiction and Trauma Release

work can be especially useful in the field of trauma and addiction

release by combining it with some elements of rapid eye move-

ment technology.
Researchers have noticed that when we dream, our eyes move

back and forth rapidly beneath their closed lids. It is possible that

nature uses these rapid eye movements to release stressful events

of the day. The same principle can be applied to waking life.

Various therapies evolved in the United States in the 1970s to deal

with post-traumatic stress in war veterans returning home from

Vietnam. Among these were rapid eye movement therapies, which

proved to be very effective. It was found that when we move our

eyes rapidly from side to side, nerve signals cross the corpus collo-

sum dividing the two hemispheres of the brain, which allows trau-

ma patterns held in the nervous system to unravel. | would like to

share a method that borrows some elements from these therapies,

and combines them with the Ilahinoor work.

As you prepare to work with clients, first identify in a few words

what they wish to release. It could be addiction to substances such

as tobacco, narcotics, or alcohol. It could be addictive behaviors

or relationships, attachments or aversions. It could be traumas re-

lated to birth, early childhood, accidents, or war. It could be emo-

tional patterns and defense mechanisms. It could be various kinds

of physical or emotional fears and phobias. Focus on something

that is visibly affecting their life at this particular time.

Now have them feel this condition as fully as possible in the

body. Have them imagine a scale from one to ten. How deeply
is this condition affecting their lives at this time? What number

comes to mind?

Now start the Ilahinoor treatment with them. Go through the

soul merge, llahinoor bridge, and heart activation. Next have

95

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

them do a round of rapid eye movements. Sitting across from

them, move your finger back and forth across their line of vision,

and have them follow it with their eyes. You should be at a comfort-

able distance so they don’t have to squint, and do not move so fast

that they can’t follow. It’s like the movement of a windshield wiper

on a car. Experiment with approximately one second per swipe.

After a couple minutes of rapid eye movement, have them close

their eyes, feel what is going on in their bodies, then ask them

again how they feel the intensity of this addiction or trauma ona

scale of one to ten. They might experience some shaking or trem-

bling, spontaneous deep breathing, or emotional release.

Go back to the Ilahinoor bridge and heart activation, following up

with another round of eye movements. Continue this exercise sev-

eral times, each time having them feel what’s going on in their

bodies and noticing the intensity of the trauma or addiction on a

scale of one to ten. Continue until they are down to a manageable

number on the scale. Often, you may notice that the number first

goes higher before it comes down.

Complete the session with the pinkie activation, tube of light, and

Holographic Merkaba to lock in the new frequencies. After this

stage, have them dance, shake, or vibrate their entire bodies to

release the nervous system.

If you yourself are dealing with a trauma or addiction you would

like to release, it is best to practice this technique with someone

you trust who can hold space for you to go through whatever you

need to go through. Sometimes two or more sessions may be

needed, spaced a few days apart. If you feel comfortable doing it

with yourself, for example if you wish to quit smoking, you can sim-

ply do self-llahinoor sessions by shifting your eyes back and forth

between two objects spaced on either side of your line of vision.

96

Addiction and Trauma Release

A little story I’d like to share may be relevant here. There are five

chapters to this story. In chapter one, you are walking down a

road. There is a big hole in the middle of the road. You don’t see

it, and you fall in. You refuse to take personal responsibility for the

act, blaming everyone, and everything you can possibly think of. It

takes you forever to climb out!

In chapter two, you are walking down the same road. There is a big

hole in the middle of the road. You fall in, but this time you realize it

was your fault. Your anger toward the rest of the world gets turned

inward. You stop blaming others but start judging yourself. It’s still

not easy, but eventually you climb out.

In chapter three, you are walking down the same road. There is

a big hole in the middle of the road. You see it, but by now it has

become a habit, so of course you fall in. You take responsibility

without blame or judgment, and just as quickly, you climb back out.

In chapter four, you are walking down the same road. There is a big

hole in the middle of the road. But you walk around it.

In chapter five, you walk down a different road!

Our journey in life is about moving from chapter one to chapter five.

As we clear out subconscious patterns, traumas, and addictions,

we notice that we have more choices. Rather than being trapped in

the past or in the future, we can live in a state of deeper presence.

We don’t need to be victims of our — or anyone else’s — drama.

As we proceed along this journey of awareness, we find that we

don’t require the same traumas and challenges anymore. We can

grow with beauty, ease, fluidity, and grace. Things come easily,

and we find ourselves increasingly in the right place at the right

time. We can live our lives from a space of joyful freedom and

service. We learn to walk down a different road!

97

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 23

Planetary Linking

The Holographic Merkaba is a means of linking our divine intent

to the collective field of human and Earth evolution. The following

chapter describes a meditation that can be used individually or in

groups to help facilitate this experience.

This meditation was first devised for use with groups after my

first experience of swimming with whales, and later modified af-

ter experiencing the Holographic Merkaba. It is a powerful prac-

tice for linking spherically to aspects of ourselves that are beyond

human form and consciousness. As we holographically connect

with these aspects of ourselves, we enter into powerful states of

creator-consciousness, able to effectively seed new possibilities

for ourselves and for our planet.

We are simultaneously galactic beings and human beings. As

we sit here now with part of our consciousness actively inhabit-

ing these physical bodies, another part of our consciousness is

simultaneously soaring through infinite galaxies in creative play.

In this meditation, we will go through a process of holographic

linking, first connecting with the soul of the Earth and with all the

kingdoms of the Earth. Then, we will travel out, connecting with

the Sun and galaxies beyond, merging into galactic and cosmic

consciousness.

This practice is powerful for planetary healing work. If you are fa-

cilitating this practice for a group, you may wish to make a record-

ing of this meditation, at least when doing it for the first time,

perhaps accompanied by soothing whale music. Once you are

familiar with the basic technique, please modify it as you feel

guided from within.

98

Planetary Linking
As you breathe, let your breath become circular, breathing in and

breathing out in a slow, regular rhythm. Become aware of your

body, of sensations within your body. Notice where you experi-

ence the center of gravity within your body. Become aware of

sensations: tingling or pulsing, tightness or pain, expansion or

contraction, heat or cold. Wherever energy is directed, it creates

a corresponding change in cellular awareness. Each cell requires

only attention, a focus of energy, in order to resonate to its high-

est potential. So bring your awareness, part by part, throughout

your body, aware of whatever sensations come up.

Now, become aware of your body as a whole. Become aware

of your posture. And then, as if you were a tree, fee/ your roots

going into the Earth, going through the floor, through the founda-

tion of the building, through the topsoil, and through the various

layers of soil and rock. Move through underground streams of

water, hollow spaces, and magma. Let yourself go deeper and

deeper, layer by layer, with each breath getting closer to the heart

of the Earth Mother. It is as if you were following a golden cord

connecting you to the very core of the Earth so that you can re-

ceive her life force directly from her heart.

Feel the heart of the Earth Mother. With each cycle of

breath, open to this pulse coming up from the Earth. As you

inhale, receive these pulses into every cell in the body. As you

exhale, release any tightness, contraction, fear or pain, sending

it down the tube of light, back down that root system into the

center of the Earth to be transmuted in her cosmic fire. The heart

of the Earth is a cosmic fire. It is a flame that connects to the

flame within the Sun. Inner doorways connect from Earth’s inner
Sun to our solar Sun, then through our Sun to the Galactic Sun,

and through the Galactic Sun to the Universal Sun of Creator-

Consciousness. The entire universe is interdimensionally linked.

99

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

Within the fire of the Sun are the geometric codes for our

soul’s growth and evolution. Through the heart of the Earth be-

low as well as the heart of the Sun above, these codes can be

received into each cell of our bodies, which is also a Sun. In the

nucleus of each cell is that same radiant energy that lies within

the nucleus of the Earth, or the nucleus of the Sun, or the nucleus

of a Galaxy.

And so, with your breath, receive now this luminous quality

of light, the healing gift of the Earth. Breathe it up into your bodies,

up into the heart and then up through the tube of light into the Sun

overhead. In from below, up to the heart, out to the Sun above.

Then reverse this flow, breathing in from the Sun down the

tube of light, feeling a stream of liquid light entering through the

crown and flooding every cell with frequencies of light. Breathe

this light into your heart, and then down to the center of the

Earth. Continue going back and forth from Earth to Sun, Sun to

Earth for a few breaths, allowing your breath to become very

slow and subtle.

It is as if you were a tree with your roots going deep into

the Earth, and your branches reaching up to the Sun. Each leaf

each branch is an antenna for prana, or life force energy. So, as

you feel the exchange of energy up and down the tube of light,

become aware also that you are receiving prana directly through

your skin. Every pore of your skin is alive to prana. You are breath-

ing in prana through your skin. You are breathing in prana from

the Soul star above your head, and from the Earth star below

your feet.

And now, with your next breath, you are going to breathe

all the way in from both directions, simultaneously filling your

heart with the pranic energies of both Sun and Earth. You will

then be extending the Holographic Merkaba seeded within your

own heart out into your aura.

100

Planetary Linking

As you breathe in, bring your hands up in prayer position to

the heart. Then, as you breathe out, expel your breath forcefully,

simultaneously moving your hands out in a rapid motion to trace

your aura out and around the body, then back to the heart.

So breathe in fully now, and then OUT, forcefully expelling

your breath like the spouting of a whale. Feel the Holographic

Merkaba locking into place around you. Wait a few breaths, then

prepare for another activating breath. Breathe in fully, and then

OUT, once again expelling your breath with a popping sound and

feeling the energy build around you.

Feel the energy of this Holographic Merkaba. Over the next

few breaths, feel how your aura begins to radiate out to merge

with the group soul. As you experience this merging, the chakra

system of the group soul becomes a tube of light with its diam-

eter being the entire circle. As you connect with the group soul,

notice what you experience in the /Ilahinoor points in the back

of the head. Notice if you feel a throbbing or pulsing. Stay there

for a minute or two, and notice if you feel a deepening with your

identity as a group soul.

Invoke any higher-dimensional masters, avatars, guides,

or angels that you wish, and notice as the room becomes thick

with presence. Become aware of a sound current, a frequency

of sound that begins to permeate the head and, eventually, the

whole body. It could be a low humming. It could be a high-fre-

quency pitch. It could be the buzzing of bees, or the sound of

a conch, or of rushing waters. It could be very subtle, or so loud

that it drowns out everything else. It could change from time to

time. Listen. Listen deeply. This is the sound of your soul as it an-

chors into physical form, into your physical circuitries.

Notice that as you link in as a group soul, the sound current

becomes louder and stronger. There is a deeper stillness because

the energy bodies go further out. Now, as you prepare for the
101

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

next round of breath, you will be working with the tube of light of

this group soul, as wide around as the diameter of this circle.

So breathe in now from the heart of the Earth Mother, up

through this expanded pillar of light into the heart chakra of this

group soul, and then up the pillar of light to the Sun. And then,

breathe in from the Sun down to the group heart, continuing

down into the Earth. Continue breathing until you feel a solid an-

choring below and above, from Earth below to Sun above.

Now breathe in simultaneously from above and from below

into the group heart, bringing your hands into position, getting

ready to project them out with the next exhale. Expel your breath

forcefully now as you breathe OUT, activating the Holographic

Merkaba of the group soul... Once again now, breathing in, then

OUT.

As your energy bodies continue to expand over the next

few breaths, feel yourself merging with the larger community or

bioregion. Feel your sense of identity merging with other reso-

nant humans in this community, known and unknown. Feel your-

self merging with the spirits of nature — with the devas, the fair-

ies, the mountain spirits, the elves, the water sprites, the plant

people, the animal people, the bird tribes. Listen for the whale

songs connected to this particular area of the planet. Listen to

the sound current again, letting yourself blend with this larger

group soul.

Continuing to let your breath be a circle, you are now

breathing up and down this enormous passage of light that may

be tens of miles in diameter. Notice how much easier it gets to

anchor the frequency codes from the Sun and from the Galactic

Center. We serve as an anchor for these frequency codes, cosmic

energies from around the universe, anchoring them all the way

down into the subtle bodies of Earth, using our own bodies as a

bridge.

102

Planetary Linking

And now, with your next breath you will breathe in simul-

taneously from the Sun above and the Sun below into the heart

of this city or bioregion. As you breathe out, you will activate the

Holographic Merkaba of this region. Breathe in now, and OUT.

Feel yourself merging for hundreds of miles in every direc-

tion now, merging with the trees in the forests, with the lakes,

rivers, and streams, with mountain ranges, plateaus, and valleys.

You are merging consciousness with all the beings of this biore-

gion: human, animal, devic, angelic, all those in alignment with

these visions of peace and beauty, creativity and joy, love and

healing. Let these visions, these qualities, be felt through this en-
tire collective now as you feel your collective soul merging with

the entire country, wherever you are.

Feel the whales again blending into your consciousness.

Blend into their consciousness and weave through their song lines

with your own visions of new possibilities. As you continue breath-

ing in, connect with the heart of the Earth through a massive river

of light, the size of this entire country. Bring up the sacred Earth

energies into the collective consciousness of this nation, and then

send it out to the Sun. Send out our intentions from our Sun out to

the Galactic Sun, and then even farther out to the central codes

of creation within the Universal Sun.

There is a response that flows back to us now. It flows down

this great river of light from the Universal Sun, stepping down

through all the Suns, and into the heart of this nation, and anchor-

ing within the Earth. Again, bring your awareness into the sound

current to amplify the sense of union with the soul of this nation,

letting your individualized boundaries dissolve.

Continue going up and down this great river of light. And

now you are ready to expand once again, and this time you will

connect with the soul of Gaia. Breathe in simultaneously from both

directions into the unified heart of this nation and, breathing out,

103

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

let your Holographic Merkaba expand to connect with the soul of

Gaia; breathing in, and expelling OUT.

Feel your boundaries dissolving once again, as you let

yourself become the body of the Earth, the soul of the Earth, the

consciousness of the Earth. Let this feeling become your primary

identity now. All beings in the entire web of life are within your

body as Gaia now. Deepen this identity by focusing on the sound

current, letting yourself move out into concentric circles, allowing

the tube of light of the planet to be the north-south polar axis.

As you merge with the body of the Earth, breathe in through

the South Pole. Feel yourself connect with the Source of All Cre-

ation. Breathe into the heart of the Earth Soul, and then as you

breathe out, connect up through the North Pole to the center of

our Milky Way galaxy. As you breathe in from the Galactic Center

receive the evolutionary energies of the galactic superwave com-

ing our way, anchoring them into the subtle bodies of the Earth.

Hear the whales now spread out within the oceans of the

Earth, each with their own unified song, creating and maintain-

ing the light grids of Mother Earth. The whales are seeding these

light grids with our collective thoughts and intentions for beauty,

for peace, for joy, for awakening, for coming fully alive as a sacred

planet, an ascended planet. Visualize this situation as already ex-

isting. Radiant, concentric spheres of light ripple out from the

center of the planetary heart, permeating all fields, all dimen-

sions, and all life within the body and soul of Gaia.

A new Earth is being created. A new species of humanity is

being birthed. We are stepping into a higher dimensional world

now, the Sixth Sun of the Mayas, a new Age of Light.

Within this morphogenetic field of light, we see a beautiful

new world being born, beyond greed and destruction, beyond

separation and war. The whales hold a memory of this world in

times past and in a time to come. With them, and all the nature

104

Planetary Linking

spirits, angelic orders, and galactic beings who are here with us,

we plant this seed of memory into the light grids of our planet.

We each have our role to play, and together we affirm that the

Earth is once again sacred and whole.

As a group, you may wish to state your vision for this new

creation with prayers that come from your heart, or simply by

naming qualities such as “love,” “awakening,” and “beauty” out

into the circle...

It is time now for our Holographic Merkaba to expand even

further. Prepare to breathe in now from both directions along the

polar axis into the heart of this planetary web of life. Breathe in,

then expel OUT. Again: in, and OUT.

Feel yourselves merging now with the entire cosmos, ex-

panding into the universe at warp speed, the stars and galaxies

each but one cell within your cosmic body. There is endless space,

limitless potential here. Your individual self, even your planetary

self, has merged with your cosmic self.

Listen for the sound current now, which is your own note

that you add to this great song of creation. Remain in this deep

creative stillness for as long as you wish.

—0—

This concludes my own writings on Ilahinoor. The rest of this

book includes chapters from other Ilahinoor practitioners who

have been experimenting with these energies over the years,

each in their own unique way. My websites, [Link],

[Link], and [Link], include additional compila-

tions of people’s experiences with this energy, as well as addi-

tional guidelines for practice. Please check for updates from time

to time, and feel free to post your own experiences as well.

105

PART IV

ao
FURTHER

CONTRIBUTIONS

TO ILAHINOOR

lam a point of light within a greater light

lam a strand of loving energy

within the stream of love divine

Į am a spark of sacrificial fire focused

within the fiery will of God

And thus I stand

Lam a way by which my brothers and sisters may achieve

Į am a source of strength enabling them to stand

Lam a beam of light shining upon their way

And thus I stand

And standing thus resolve

To tread this way the ways of the world

And know the ways of God!

And thus I stand

And thus I stand

And thus I stand

— Tumi, The Disciple’s Prayer (adapted from Alice Bailey)

107

chapter 24
Call of the Sky Mother

by Grace Sears

Grace and I have shared many beautiful journeys over the years.

A mystic, mother, and cosmic explorer, she is committed to shar-

ing with others the endless possibilities of our divine awakening.

She currently lives in Turkey, and can be reached at gracesears1@

[Link].

This current phase of my life started with what has come to be

known as the Deeksha movement. From 2004 onwards, Kiara

and | had worked practically nonstop bringing what we felt was

our soul’s calling, Deeksha, to people in Europe, India, and, for

me, also in California and Hawaii. We were very much pioneers in

the movement, and had started the work with a feeling of great

excitement, sensing that this practice was a key to the collective

awakening of humanity.

After a couple of years, we were discovering that often the pow-

erful energies of Deeksha were remaining in the head centers

and not being integrated into the rest of the body, causing some

people an electrical over-stimulation of the brain, and an imbal-

ance in the body’s energy system. Others would experience a

few moments or hours of peace, but then ananda would pass,

leaving them feeling much the same as before. Contrary to our

expectations, few people were experiencing permanent changes

in awareness. The juice was there, but it seemed that most bodies

could not fully assimilate it.

My own initiation with Deeksha in India had been so immensely

powerful that | was unable to open my eyes for the intensity of

108

Call of the Mother Sky

the light. As if struck by lightning, | experienced burned spots

on top of my head, nausea, and complete immobility. My central

nervous system surged and burned for seven days, culminating

with the Kundalini energy rising straight up through the crown.

During the following eight months, | progressed from a newborn

baby with a wide limitless perspective but minimal motor skills,

to a functioning adult immersed in child-like innocence and joy.

| had felt sure that the power of the Deeksha was strong enough

that everyone could feel this same depth of transformation and

joy, and so we were absolutely dedicated to sharing this poten-

tial with as many people as possible; however, as the years went

by, we found that the results were inconsistent, and that those

unable to integrate these energies sometimes had emotional or

physical imbalances.
For myself, with all the traveling and operating in a constant field

of high frequency light, | was burning out physically.

| had been working for some months in Hawaii with Dean Nelson,

who is a network chiropractor, doctor of Chinese medicine, and

teacher of Tibetan Buddhism. We had many talks about how to

allow the body greater access to the Deeksha light and to assimi-

late it in a way that we could sustain the benefits.

We gave some retreats together and had wonderful and lasting

success combining our two modalities. | would give the Deeksha

and then Dean would treat the spine with network chiroprac-

tic work. We worked also with movement, dance, and various

forms of meditation. We found that the central nervous system

responded beautifully, in a balanced and centered way, integrat-

ing the Deeksha energies throughout the human organism. Rath-

er than a pleasant but temporary interlude of bliss, people were

reporting lasting changes to their consciousness, relationships,

and health.

109

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

During this same time, Kiara was in Dalyan, Turkey, where he had
been doing an intensive retreat with four wonderful women, each

holding a deep level of consciousness and commitment. All of

them had experienced past life connections with ancient Egypt.

Their combined presence became a chalice for a strong and

powerful energy, which entered the room and identified itself as

an ancient Egyptian deity named Ra. They were introduced to

an ancient and universal morphogenetic field capable of initiat-

ing an alchemical transformation of dense physical matter so it

could be permeated with light. This field came to be known as

Hlahinoor, the Turkish name for Divine Light.

When | returned to Turkey, Kiara shared this new energy with me.

| experienced it as Kundalini activating; it came from below, and

moved upward, gentle and undulating, very centering and balanc-

ing. | saw it as a beautiful and efficient answer from the divine

to balance the electrical stimulation of the Deeksha. The energy

was more magnetic in nature, with a slower wave function than

the quick high frequency of Deeksha, gliding through my physical

body like butter. It was much simpler and more portable and im-

mediate than carrying a doctor and chiropractic table with you!

Some months later, we were in Italy, teaching Ilahinoor to

a group of one-hundred spiritual healers in Padova, many of

whom had been working with Deeksha, and were asking us

about the differences between them. In the powerful energy

field created by this great group of healers, | could physically see

Deeksha and Ilahinoor as two distinct streams of light, comple-

mentary and interweaving, and of course emanating from the

same single Source. | felt that Ilahinoor had come as an answer to

a need created by the powerful presence of the Deeksha energy,

rather like the feminine aspect coming in to refine and harmonize

the intensity of the masculine. It was not just a complement,

but also an essential creative power in its own right, providing

what the masculine cannot on its own.

110

Call of the Mother Sky

It is interesting to see that the way Ilahinoor is introduced and

transferred is also more feminine, without hierarchy or formal or-

ganization. No one takes the role of priest or shaman, guru or

intermediary. One human being is simply lovingly present with

another without agenda, and the energy envelopes both. | feel

this is an important aspect, without agenda — the mind is clear

and empty of intention or desire or the need to accomplish any-

thing. No money need change hands, and no one is more power-

ful or more able than the other. The Course in Miracles says, “All

separation vanishes as holiness is shared. For holiness is power,

and by sharing it, it gains in strength.” Sharing llahinoor envelops

us in holiness, allowing souls to meet, sweet and simple and true.

Recently, we were in Lelystad, Holland with a group of transcen-

dental meditators, Deeksha givers, and llahinoor practitioners.

During the first evening, we had planned to share a transmission

of energy where anyone in the group could participate in giving

as well as receiving. Since many in the group were Deeksha givers,

the organizer suggested we could give either Deeksha or Ilahinoor

as we felt. My suggestion was that we allow the light of the divine

to flow through us without giving it a name or form, or in any way

restricting or directing it with the mind, and to experience what

that might be like, how it might be different from before.

| began in the old way, placing my hands on someone’s head, but

it felt restrictive — constraining to my body and to the energy.

What felt right was to stand in front of the person with arms

lowered and palms toward them, heart open, the entire aura and

physical body emanating light and love and beauty, much like

pictures we see of Mother Mary.

| experienced a rich and quiet bliss that | haven’t known in quite

this way. What | have learned is to be open to the moment, to

what intuitively serves the person | am with, and the situation.

11

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

We have often said that the techniques around Ilahinoor are only

the beginning; they are simply guidelines to help become familiar

with the energy. Once we are familiar with the energy, we can

simply allow it to express through us according to the need of

the moment.

A huge expansion happened for me in Bolivia last autumn, when

| had a profound experience on the Island of the Moon in Lake

Titicaca. She is the feminine counterpart to the Island of the Sun,

where it is believed that the Incas descended from the Sun god

Inti. This island is where maidens would come to worship and to

purify themselves. No one lives here; it is very high in altitude,

about 12,700 ft, and crystal clear — with no thought forms or

electromagnetic pollution.

Our Peruvian shaman, Tutto, was performing a powerful ceremo-

ny at an ancient ceremonial site on the crest of the island. During

the ceremony, | was spoken to by a being, a field of being, who

made herself known to me as Sky Mother. | was aware that she

was known to Native American people; in fact they were wait-

ing for the fulfillment of a prophecy in which she would return

to them. She told me that | had come from her to help mend

the tear in the fabric of the universe and to empower the Earth

mothers to care for their own. | was shown a mesa in New Mexi-

co where a Native American woman elder was standing waiting,

heavily holding the burden of her people.

| did not know of Sky Mother or exactly what she meant by

mending the tear in the fabric of the universe, or even by her

last message that | must come back soon. But the energy field

was so very high and clear and tremendously powerful that | had

no doubt as to its validity — although | found myself constantly

pondering the meaning of her message.

112

Call of the Mother Sky

A week later, during another ceremony in the Amazon jungle of

Peru, | was taken to Sky Mother — far, far out in the universe into

a dark, full nothingness — pulsing with unimaginably immense

compassion, the infinite potential of creation. As | watched, tiny

particles coalesced to become a point of light within her. De-

taching itself from her, the little point of light travelled unerringly

through the universe, entering the pregnant belly of a woman on

Earth. | humbly realized that | was seeing the arising of a human

soul, birthed from the great Cosmic Mother.

| was taken from there to New Mexico, walking around the edge

of the mesa toward the waiting Native American woman. | was

sparkling, scintillating, light-filled, fresh from being with the Sky

Mother, and walking toward the woman. As | stood in front of her,

she burst into a ball of joyful, effervescent blue-gold light! The

heaviness of her burden, and the fatigue of her physical being

were transformed in a holy instant.

| took this joy, this light of empowerment of the Great Sky Mother

to Chief Arvol Looking Horse, whom | had known in California

some years ago. Chief Arvol is the carrier of the White Buffalo

Calf Woman peace pipe, which we smoked together; and he is

chief of the Sioux tribes. He has been working relentlessly to re-

unite his people and mend the sacred hoop; he carries a great

sadness. | stood in front of him to share with him this joy, this light

of the immensity of the Great Sky Mother; so that he would know

her presence and be encouraged.

As | write this story, | feel again the magnitude, the richness of her

formless being —awesome and unfathomable. There is nothing to

say. There is nothing to do — only to show up empty and will-

ing and let something greater emanate through that willingness

— gracious willingness, as someone said to me years ago — or,

perhaps the willingness to be Grace.

113

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

As the universe would have it, just as | sat to write this chapter,

| discovered the work of Sharron Rose. She writes of the 2012

galactic alignment and the coming changes from a perspective

that fills me with awe and delight!

She says that for the Egyptians, the center of the galaxy was

symbolized by the great goddess Isis in her role as the mother of

creation. She says that one of the great secrets of ancient Egypt

is that the center of the galaxy is a secret Sun that exists behind

our Sun. In alchemical language, it was called the black Sun, or

the invisible Sun — the secret Sun of the eternal feminine.

Many spiritual traditions, including the Maya and Inca, speak

of the great central Sun, or the Sun behind our Sun, a stargate

through which our ancestors came to this galaxy, this solar

system, this Earth.

Sharron talks also of Paul LaViolette and his theory of galactic su-

perwaves, and of the cosmic rays pulsing now from the center of

the galaxy. | feel that the new light technologies of recent years

(Deeksha, Ilahinoor, Reconnection, etc.) are the effects of these

cosmic rays and electromagnetic pulses as they move through

the Earth planes. We are continuing to learn how to work with

them for the evolution of humanity.

Sharrron says that everything that is — all of nature, human be-

ings, and human consciousness — originally comes from this

womb of the galaxy. If she is Isis, then our galactic center is the

Great Mother, the creative feminine force from which everything

emerges — her pregnant womb continuously giving birth to mil-

lions of stars. For the Egyptians, Isis is the creator of all things,

a divine feminine force that bursts outward from the supreme

source in glittering waves of luminosity that merge and shape

themselves into material reality.

114

Call of the Mother Sky

This perspective is beautiful for me, after my experience with Sky

Mother in the heart of creation. How lovely to feel that after mil-

lennia of patriarchal control and abuse of nature, mother Earth,

women, children, and feminine values everywhere, the coming

change is the Mother Goddess returning, breathing her life and

love and wonder back into this tired world. The powerful gamma

waves and forces reported by our scientists are the evolutionary

pulse, the heartbeat of our galaxy, of our Mother Goddess.

The Great Mother is also unmitigated power, not just as creator

but as sustainer of life, and destroyer of obsolete forms and pat-

terns. This power gives me hope and the certainty that we are,

indeed, in good hands. Not only is she guiding our evolutionary

journey, but she is also creating it. We will evolve into a more

beautiful, compassionate species — or perish along the way.

The purpose of any path is to take us beyond itself, eventually re-

turning us to where we began. We arrive at the beginning, seeing

with new eyes, eyes filled with innocence born of wisdom, from a

deep experience of life.

How we live in the day to day is what makes us a spiritual mas-

ter, or a divine human — how filled with joy and playfulness, how

appreciative of beauty and the wonder of nature. As we radiate

kindness, acceptance, and contentment, we become a vessel of

the Great Mother. We transform with our smile. We uplift with

our presence. Thus, we fulfill our destiny. Thus, we take our place

as creators and contributors to a new Earth filled with bounty,

beauty, and love.

115

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 25

Our Journey

with llahinoor

by Barry Snyder and Karen Anderson

Karen Anderson and Barry Snyder have shared Ilahinoor through

in-person groups and teleconferences for several years. The fol-

lowing account of their experiences with /Ilahinoor is adapted

from their book Agents of Grace. For more about what Karen

and Barry have experienced with Ilahinoor and how it has cata-
lyzed the evolution of their awakening work, please visit their

website, [Link].

The Stage is Set

Kiara became a close friend during the time he lived in Mt. Shasta,

CA. Over many years, we have shared countless discussions

about this extraordinary time on the planet. Together, we’ve

observed the breakdown of old hierarchical structures and para-

digms, and breakthroughs into new ways of being. As fellow

travelers in the great adventure of awakening, we have shared

our discoveries and illuminations with one another along the way.

After twenty-two years in the U.S., Kiara returned to his mother-

land, India. A few months later, we received an excited email from

him, relating that many people, including his partner, Grace, were

experiencing profound awakenings after receiving something

called Deeksha. This experience was taking place within the

ashrams of someone called Kalki Bhagavan and his wife, Amma,

who were said to be dual avatars of enlightenment. Knowing our

lives are dedicated to awakening, Kiara finished his email with,

“You might want to check this out.”

116

Our Journey with Ilahinoor

A few months later, we traveled to Golden City for some of the first

programs offered to Westerners by disciples of Amma/Bhagavan.

There, we experienced a level of grace we had never before en-

countered. We witnessed a room full of 300 people catapulted into

some of the most exalted awakenings we had ever experienced.

The full account of receiving our first Deeksha can be found on our

website; for now, suffice it to say that we left the ashram convinced

the Deeksha offered a major upleveling in the process of birthing

an awakened humanity. Although we had witnessed potent awak-

enings through the soul-awakening sessions we facilitated, here

was a vehicle of grace through which large numbers of people

could awaken — and quickly. The Deeksha, Bhagavan often said,

was capable of catalyzing a collective awakening within the short

period of time many felt our species had left before our many cri-

ses overwhelmed our abilities to transcend them.

The tremendous openings in consciousness that our first Deek-

shas delivered did not fade away; they became the ever-present

backdrop of our awareness, resting just behind and beneath the

continuously fluctuating states and conditions of everyday life.

We had been propelled beyond the illusion of the separate self

into a space of unity that was more palpably real than anything

else in existence.

When we received our first Deekshas in 2004, only Bhagavan’s

disciples, or dasas, were empowered to give the transmission. But

when Bhagavan announced that he would be releasing the ca-

pacity to pass on the Deeksha to people who were not dasas, we

knew this work was our next step. We became Deeksha givers

in 2005 and shared the Deeksha through ongoing, seven-month

groups and other events.

Although we loved witnessing the powerful awakenings that many

people experienced from the Deeksha, we didn’t feel comfortable

acting as intermediaries, dispensing grace that we had received

117

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

through an intermediary. Acknowledging that throughout history

gurus and teachers have led many to enlightenment, we also felt

that the guru model tends to foster a subtle sense of separation

that can actually thwart self-realization. We knew that, ultimately,

all grace comes from the One Source, of which every one of us is

an aspect. For us, self-realization means reawakening to our one-

ness with the Divine, merging with and fully embodying the One.

This perspective led us to go directly to the Source and ask the

Divine Light to pour through the Deeksha, rather than continuing

to call to Amma/Bhagavan, as we had learned to do in India.

This change served to unhook not only us, but also recipients of

the Deeksha, from the belief that intermediaries are necessary

to receiving divine blessings. In addition, because everything

we knew about how to facilitate awakening had been revealed

directly, through sessions and inner experiences of the Divine,

we had never followed anyone else’s guidance or instruction.

Now, we felt no inner prompting to become part of an organiza-

tion, even one dedicated to oneness. We knew we were always

to remain free agents for God, maintaining a sovereign, direct

relationship to the Divine.

Because our work with people had proved that each of us is ca-

pable of directly connecting with the Divine, in our new role as

Deeksha-givers we could not set ourselves up as exclusive sourc-

es of grace when we knew this role wasn’t true. Our dream had

always been to see all beings discover their capacity to directly

receive divine grace. Initially, Bhagavan had promised that the

ability to share the Deeksha would spontaneously arise in those

who received it; but, although we encouraged this understanding

in our groups, the idea never really caught fire. Nonetheless, we

continued to hold fast to that dream, and prayed to take part in its

fulfillment.

18

Our Journey with Ilahinoor

As always, the Source responds to a sincere, life-aligned request.

We soon received emails from Kiara about a new energetic trans-

mission that he and a group of friends had received during a

retreat in Turkey. Intrigued by what he wrote, we arranged a time

to talk by phone with our dear friend.

Our Introduction to Ilahinoor

During that phone conversation with Kiara in the Spring of 2007,

Kiara described Ilahinoor as a soft, feminine energy that was very

helpful in integrating the Deeksha. He happily described the easy,

effortless way people spontaneously shared Ilahinoor with one

another after receiving the transmission. The awakenings and

transformations were of the same magnitude as the Deeksha, he

indicated, which offered a major breakthrough in the potential

for catalyzing planetary awakening.

Not only could people awaken quickly, but also they now didn’t

have to find an exclusive intermediary to access the source of

grace. Even better, once they received and sufficiently integrated

the frequencies of Ilahinoor, which might require a few transmis-

sions, they, too, could pass it on. Each of us could participate in a

potentially limitless sharing of the transmission.

This change was what we had been waiting for! With no limits

on its use, Ilahinoor could go viral in no time, bringing its gifts to

all who were interested in receiving them. The radical new pos-

sibility the Deeksha had introduced was going to its next level

of unfoldment.
After we all hung up, Kiara transmitted Ilahinoor to us from his

home in Turkey. Karen describes her initial experience:

| had a very powerful, palpable experience of the energies coming

in through my face, and then descending into the body, primarily

19

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

on the left side. They came with a great deal of swirling turbulence,

like an unstable solution or the action of a washing machine. The

energies swirled for some time in the face and head, then in the

heart/throat/soul center area. They eventually moved down the left

side into the second chakra area, where they stayed for a long time.

As the turbulence continued to churn, it left in its wake

a feeling of absolute stillinessta-each area as it moved on. It fi-

nally came to rest in the base chakra in the form of a bubbling

bowl, gently curving - a container in which the energies could

be deeply embodied. It felt lovely.

The deep, rich stillness intensified and rooted more firmly as

| continued to invite the energies of Ilahinoor to land within me.

There was an unmistakable sensation of their presence, and I knew

that they would always be there, for they were part of me. It was

clear that they would also be able to be transmitted.

| was pulled very deep within as the energies took root,

and I stayed immobile in a deep, rich space for a long time. The

energies went down the legs and into the feet, where I felt them

take residence. It felt as though the deepest grounding of Ilahi-

noor would fully manifest over time.

As all of this occurred, a strong sense of the Middle East

was present. | felt a sense of oneness with the land, the people,

and the ancientness of it all. The image of figures wearing long

robes and walking on the Earth barefoot arose, along with a

quiet, subtle yearning for, or maybe a remembrance of, this way

of being. Perhaps the energies of Ilahinoor somehow carry this

template of the human experience.

Since the energy of Ilahinoor went down the left side during

my first experience, | was curious about what might happen with

a second transmission, so | asked Kiara to send Ilahinoor to me

again a week later. This time it went straight to the area around

the right eye where a serious case of shingles had occurred a

120

Our Journey with Ilahinoor

few years before. The energies rooted around in there for quite
some time, and the sense was that Ilahinoor was enhancing the

ongoing healing process in that area of my being. The sensations

eventually subsided, and I felt the experience was complete.

llahinoor immediately felt like a breakthrough and a next step.

Our initial experiences indicated that the energy contained the

same level of transformational power as the Deeksha, with dif-

ferent and complementary effects. As with the Deeksha, we felt

llahinoor altering our brain physiology, and sensed that repeat-

ed transmissions would result in the decommissioning of the

ego-mind. Whereas the Deeksha strongly stimulated the upper

chakras, llahinoor went deeper, grounding the higher energies

within the lower chakras.

The Source of All had fulfilled the request for another, poten-

tially more effective, means of catalyzing the collective awak-

ening. We envisioned people passing Ilahinoor on to their fam-

ily members, friends, and everyone who wanted to receive the

transmission. Each one they touched could immediately share

it with many others. In this way, the transmission would soon

circle the globe with its blessings.

Sharing Illahinoor

Our experiences of Ilahinoor prompted us to introduce the new

transmission into our groups right away. After sharing Ilahinoor

with an on-going group in Eugene, Oregon, we returned the

following month to hear that those who had experimented with

llahinoor had found its nature to be very feminine and deeply

healing. Some felt the transmission deepening and ground-

ing the openings in consciousness that had occurred through

the Deeksha. Many experienced the divine light glowing more

brightly within their physical forms. Nearly everyone reported

121

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

that they found it easy and natural to call in llahinoor, feel its

gentle, nourishing presence within them, and share the transmis-

sion with others. This feedback confirmed our own experiences

with Ilahinoor, but the best was yet to come.

A new, very joyful face beamed out from among the group

members. DeeDee had driven from her home an hour away

to share her experiences with the group. She revealed that for

years, a debilitating case of Lyme disease had severely limited

her ability to move freely, making her full-time massage prac-

tice nearly impossible to continue. After she received Ilahinoor

from a member of the Eugene group, she said, “I fell deeply

asleep and when | awoke | felt refreshed and very alive and alert

for the first time in two years.”

Strongly intuiting that Ilahinoor could really help her, DeeDee

soon shared the transmission with her friend, Til. DeeDee asked

if Til would be willing to give Ilahinoor to her as often as possible

for a few weeks. Til happily obliged.

After almost a month of near-daily transmissions, DeeDee found

herself miraculously set free from the pain and immobility that

had curtailed her activity. As her formerly intermittent sleep be-

came deep and long, she felt rested for the first time in years.

She resumed taking long walks and hikes and eventually began

to cross-country ski again. As her energy increased, her body-

work practice was once again infused with ease and joy.

DeeDee’s story deeply affected everyone in the room. We knew

for sure that the Ilahinoor transmission could be passed on — and

to great effect. Furthermore, DeeDee had begun to share Ilahi-

noor with her bodywork clients, finding it soothing and comfort-

ing to those recovering from stress and trauma. Some of them

were likely passing Ilahinoor on to their friends and family. The

transmission was already on its way around the world!

122

Our Journey with Ilahinoor

Before hearing DeeDee’s account, we had some sense of the nur-

turing effects of Ilahinoor. But we had not anticipated that the

transmission could precipitate such profound physical healing.

DeeDee’s story galvanized our commitment to sharing Ilahinoor

whenever possible.

As people began to hear about Ilahinoor, we received emails from

all over the globe asking us to share it with them. To expedite this

effort, we began to offer teleconferences. What a joy to share

this wonderful transmission with people all around the planet! As

they shared their experiences with llahinoor during subsequent

calls, we learned more about its healing blessings. Mental, emo-

tional, and physical conditions, many of which had eluded other

therapeutic approaches, were brought to the surface rapidly and

gently for healing.

Reports continued to flow in, many of which can be found on

our website. Here is a sample from an email:

/ transmitted llahinoor to my daughter, who definitely has an

active, stressed-filled, and ungrounded life at this time. She told

me that she felt movement from the left side of her rib cage and

under and around her heart, like when you hold a slinky in your

hands and move it back and forth from one hand to the other. It

was beautiful, she said.

Since that time she does feel more grounded and is han-
dling the difficulties in her life with a quietness and calm that

transcends what she ever dreamed of. She is so very grateful,

and knows that what she is feeling is radiating to those in her

immediate family.

! don’t want this to sound like some kind of “high” that I’m

on or that I’ve been converted to something - it is all very sur-

real, grounding, joyful, and nurturing... | am so grateful to both

123

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

of you and Kiara and those who help you for bringing in this

energy of Divine Light and passing it along to others, allowing

“us” too to pass it along.

Going Deeper with Ilahinoor

As we continued to share the new transmission, we found that

llahinoor delivered the divine light in a way that was very differ-

ent from the Deeksha or meditation practices that access the

transcendental realms. Although many people experienced illu-

minations, the light did not remain in the head centers, but rather

penetrated deep within the body. The embodied nature of the

transmission prompted us to refer to Ilahinoor as the Divine Light

of the Goddess, for its energy is often experienced as deeply

feminine — soft and gentle, yet pervasive and powerful.

Experiencing and sharing Ilahinoor over time carried us ever more

deep into the subtle, mysterious realm of the Divine Feminine. We

were reminded of the twofold nature of the awakening process,

which embraces both the masculine and feminine qualities of Life

itself. Ilahinoor not only infused people with the bright white light

of the masculine, pouring in from above, but it also immersed them

into the rich, deep darkness of the feminine realms. This velvety,

fertile darkness magnetizes the white light of spirit into the physi-

cal body, enfolding it and giving it form and substance.

Within the realm of the divine feminine, we encounter the “dark

light”— the luminescence within form itself. We have all seen

this luminous darkness shining out from pupils of deepest black

in eyes that are alive to spirit. As the dark light of the depths

and the white light from above unify within us, the clear light

of consciousness shines forth. In this unity, we are able to /ive

our realizations; they weave into the very fabric of our being,

instead of flashing by as momentary glimpses of truth.

124

Our Journey with Ilahinoor

Awakening occurs when the jda and pinga/a nadis, which carry

dark and white light respectively, come into balance. These two

nadis transmit the primal yin and yang energy~consciousness

up the spine, spiraling like a caduceus; at each point where they

cross one another, a chakra coalesces. As the ida and pingala

nadis progressively balance and activate, the central channel,

or sushumna nadi, carries the Kundalini up from the base of the

spine to energize each chakra and eventually to shower out the

top of the head in a fountain of energy.

The bright white light so often looked for by spiritual seekers is only

half of the equation; without the dark light, awakening cannot be

complete or embodied. We are composed of both white and dark

light endlessly blending and merging, as the yin-yang symbol illus-

trates. As human beings, we are each a bridge between the tran-

scendental domains of spirit and the immanent realms of matter

and form. When it integrates within us, the energy~consciousness

of llahinoor can catalyze a deeply embodied experience of the

fundamental unity of the divine masculine and feminine forces. We

may perceive our very cells lighting up with radiance, held within

the deep, dark womb-like matrix of the Mother.

Deep within the belly, just below the navel, lies the soul center,

known variously as the hara or tan tien, the cosmic womb or egg,

the abode of shakti, and the seat of the feminine or mother as-

pect of God. From this soul center emanates all manifest forms of

life. Although Ilahinoor impacts all the chakras and soul centers,

in many people it primarily focuses in the belly soul center. As it

descends into the material realms as we can open ourselves, Ila-

hinoor brings the divine light of spirit as deep into the material

realms as they can open to receive and enfold it. Ilahinoor also

supports the process of sinking into the dark light of the divine

feminine, the endlessly flowing fountain of Life, which nurtures

and supports all living beings.

125

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

As this aspect of Self awakens no less than the transcendental

realms, our very bodies are seen as sacred — fully divine, no less

God than the transcendental realms of spirit. Perception of the

matter worlds as maya or illusion dissolves in the full opening of

the hara center. One’s body is seen as a manifestation of Self, and

all forms, all “other” bodies, are perceived as part of the Self. This

manifestation might be expressed as / AM One with the sacred

womb of the Mother, birthing and holding all life in all universes.

The image of the Egyptian Goddess Nut bending over the cosmos,

enfolding it all in her vastness, illustrates this level of realization of

Self. Ammachi, the hugging saint and avatar of south India, often

says that all she wants to do is embrace as many of her children as

possible while she is here. Her embodiment of the Divine Mother

energy~consciousness is so complete that she views every single

human being as one of her children.

llahinoor awakens the realization of embodied divinity and our

oneness with all of Life. This transmission reveals the unified

consciousness of life itself — the innate, omniscient, omnipresent

illumination that pervades all of Creation. The primary purpose

of this intelligence is to further life, to see every form of be-

ing flourish and to become more abundant. Here is how one

woman expressed this purpose:

To me, llahinoor has a dark light, moist inner earth/plant vibrating

quality that feels ideal for growing. The plant kingdom called to

me after being introduced to Ilahinoor, too.... Even lumber on the

side of a store under construction communicated.

As llahinoor enhances our awareness of the belly soul center, our

ability to perceive this unity grows, and we begin to see it at work

everywhere — within and without. Walking through a forest, we

marvel at the symbiosis of the plants and animals living there.

126

Our Journey with Ilahinoor

Watching a bee gather pollen for its hive, we become aware that

it simultaneously pollinates the plants it visits, enabling them to

flower, bear fruit, and reproduce. We marvel at the innate intel-

ligence that causes migratory birds to know when to fly south for

the winter, and the unerring guidance system that leads them to

their destination. The instant reaction that prompts us to flee in

the face of danger, to cuddle and stroke a frightened baby, to eat

when our energy dips, to sleep when the body needs rest — all

are manifestations of the intelligence of Life.

We are born with this inner knowing at the core of our embod-

ied being, our natural soul. It does not always remain accessible,

though; psychoemotional traumas can diminish our communion

with it. As we judge, deny, and separate from aspects of the

psyche, and thus lose touch with the innate intelligence within

us, addictions and other life-destroying behaviors arise. We can

restore the psyche’s wholeness by recovering these wounded

aspects and bringing them back into conscious union with the

soul. This restoration can occur when Ilahinoor is received over

time in a setting supportive of healing and integrating what has

not yet been loved and enfolded within our wholeness. In men

and women alike, Ilahinoor not only impacts the brain/mind, but

is also strongly experienced from the heart down, helping us to

embrace the lower chakras and whatever they are holding that

is now ready to be embraced and included in our totality.

It is important to remember that Ilahinoor cannot give us any-

thing we do not already possess in latent form. The transmission

activates our awareness of a dimension of our soul that is always

awaiting discovery and unfoldment. The divine light of the One

illuminates even the smallest atoms and molecules of our being-

ness; if it did not, they could not function. In fact, without the
divine light, they, and we, would not be alive.

127

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

As llahinoor supports the light of our Infinite Source to burn more

brightly within us, our presence in this world becomes ever more

radiant. We become capable of igniting the divine spark in others

through our mere presence, and through the expressions of the

essence that emanate from us. llahinoor helps all that we bring

forth — from writings, songs, and paintings to gardens and serene

environments — to shine with the light of the One.

How People Experience Ilahinoor

llahinoor is most often experienced as a soothing, nurturing in-

fusion or activation of light that is easily assimilable by virtually

everyone. This soft, descending energy often feels like gentle

waves moving through various parts of the body, down into the

abdomen, pelvis, and sometimes into the legs and feet. It brings

a deep sense of relaxation, a peace within the body that makes

one feel comfortable and at home within it.

llahinoor assists those with active, stressed-filled lives to drop back

into the body and reconnect with the natural rhythms and intelli-

gence of Life. People who tend to feel ungrounded or “spacy” find

that Ilahinoor helps them get back in touch with their innate sense

of earthy, organic flow, and grounding. It is particularly helpful for

those who spend a great deal of time in the mental realms.

Many who have received the Ilahinoor transmission report healings

on all levels of being: spiritual, mental, emotional, and physical.

Some healings are relatively minor, whereas others, like DeeDee’s

experience, border on the miraculous. People often find that dis-

tinctions between the various levels of being dissolve in awareness

of the unity that Ilahinoor imparts. Similarly, its healing benefits

are often experienced in a holistic way that transcends categoriza-

tions and permeates the entire being.

128

Our Journey with Ilahinoor

Of course, no one can know what, if any, direct healing will occur

after an Ilahinoor transmission, and it is important to remember

that Ilahinoor doesn’t do the healing or create the results. Through

grace, Ilahinoor assists in restoring awareness of the preexisting

wholeness and integrity that have been obscured in conscious-

ness. Although healing can and does occur, no one knows what

the soul of each person is meant to experience as part of the divine

plan for their unfoldment. As with all modalities and transmissions,

llahinoor will go where it is needed and do what is most beneficial

for its recipient and all involved.

llahinoor provides a foundational energy to support the awaken-

ing process, as it assists in healing and making whole the human

psyche and natural soul. Without this foundation, even the most

exalted spiritual energies have no place to land and be expressed.

As the higher energies pour in, they tend to amplify any distortions

in the psyche, which can exacerbate their symptoms and manifes-

tations. Because it works to unify all of the life intelligence in the

body, Ilahinoor can help in reuniting split-off aspects of the psyche

with the soul.

Transforming separation into inclusivity and oneness is the under-

lying dynamic that promotes all healing. If, as we travel along the

spiritual path, we continually focus on the purification, healing, and

wholing of our humanness, we are far more likely to experience our

divinity as fully embodied and eminently livable, active, and effec-

tive in the world. A life of joy, happiness, and fulfillment is more apt

to take root and flower when we have provided the tender plant

of our beingness with plenty of rich, moist compost, in addition to

light, water, and fresh air.

If we have held spiritual judgments of ourselves, Ilahinoor can help

us to relax these impossibly high standards and refrain from com-

paring ourselves to others. A woman who attended many Ilahinoor

calls reported:
129

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

Usually spiritually exciting things don’t happen to me, but when |

just think of llahinoor my tummy heats up, especially right before |

sleep. | also feel such peace and love inside | want to pinch myself

to see if it’s real.

Į feel so close to the plants. | feel one with them. | always

loved my garden and now the feeling has deepened into a joy even

greater than before.

This woman went on to infuse her gardens with Ilahinoor so they

would bless all who passed by with comfort and peace. She felt de-

lighted with this simple, natural contribution to her neighborhood.

Disconnection with the innate intelligence of our human soul results

in the ubiquitous diseases of our times. Addictions, for example,

indicate we have lost touch with what truly nourishes us, as does

our attraction to eating and drinking things that harm the body.

Overuse of stimulants such as sugar and caffeine, too, reflects a

basic disconnection from our belly wisdom, as do emotional issues

including fear of intimacy and codependence.

llahinoor is particularly helpful for those who feel lost and out of

touch with their human self. If pressing issues involving relation-

ships, home, family, and money are present, the lower chakras and

belly soul center are probably in need of greater awareness. When

people accumulate an excess of unintegrated higher energies —

for instance, from meditating for hours a day — they are often

flooded with an immediate sense of relief as the llahinoor trans-

mission helps the rarefied frequencies descend and land. As the

lower chakras are bathed in the high light, allowing consciousness

openings to be integrated and embodied, the subtle body and

chakra systems come back into balance.

An overcharge in the upper chakras may impart transcendent bliss

and a sense of rising above the difficult feelings and issues of the

130

Our Journey with Ilahinoor

world. However pleasurable this experience may be, it is almost al-

ways a temporary state that will be followed by an equally strong

descent. As Taoist philosophy teaches, life continuously moves

from one polarity to its opposite, seeking balance. Staying con-

nected to the hara center and the lower chakras, and experiencing

llahinoor on a regular basis can help us to welcome the descent

rather than to experience it as a painful crash. In fact, llahinoor re-

minds us that each ascent into the higher realms must be followed
by a corresponding deepening and integration period, if it is to be

fully embodied and lived.

llahinoor may bring to the surface feelings and memories that

have not yet been fully faced and felt. It shines attention on the

belly soul center, and whatever has been held there is now ready

to be seen, felt, and accepted more deeply. When such material

arises, we suggest reminding yourself that facing and embracing

it is an integral aspect of awakening. You can invite the breath into

the belly, and feel it penetrating right into the core of the sensa-

tion or feeling there. As you fully feel it, remember to release it just

as fully on the outbreath. Turn it over to the One who knows how

best to bring it all into healing and wholeness. Rest in the arms of

Divine Mother as She comforts you through the emotional storm.

Feel Her sustaining love and caring enfolding you. Listen as She

whispers the messages that She alone can give you.

A woman who received Ilahinoor described her experience of

this process:

This morning | thought about Ilahinoor and called that energy in.

The most beautiful, loving energy filled me. It was so gentle. It al-

lowed me to embrace more of my pain and let it move through me.

I cried for joy, for the whole thing. My vision feels different. It’s like

Į can see more of what’s love peeking through what goes on out

here. I’m ecstatic in the mellowest sort of way.

131

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

Contagious Ease

As we continued to share Ilahinoor in person and through tele-

conferences, reports of the changes people were experiencing

poured in. Many found that working with llahinoor made facing

their remaining unintegrated emotional content easier. As the bel-

ly soul center flowered, resistance to the more challenging aspects

of awakening faded away. “I never knew it could be so easy to feel

things — even the things | thought would be the hardest — and

let them go,” became a common refrain, as a European woman

expressed after a teleconference:

| experienced a wonderful sense of lightness and groundedness,

very in my body, and the miracle was that although it was very

cathartic, it was not ungrounded in any way, and I never felt over-

whelmed, which was great.

In fact, | felt after a few hours quite liberated, in that I felt

in touch with myself and very authentic, which | have not felt in a

long time — a sense of being able to not only feel my feelings, but

express them! So it helped me to feel grounded enough to express

my feelings!
Truly liberating, and, in essence, therapeutic. It is a wonderful

energy.

llahinoor helps us to be present with What Is, within and without.

Saying “No” to what is present in our mental-emotional world not

only comes between us and our experience, but it also postpones

our awareness of the true Self. When we can say “Yes” to whatever

arises, we are one with the soul, our inner divinity, which accepts

and embraces everything, without exception.

In our groups, we noticed that the more comfortable people be-

came with facing and embracing whatever was present, the more

gently and tenderly they treated themselves and one another. We

are one, they seemed to be seeing, even in our unhealed emotions.

132

Our Journey with Ilahinoor

We all have the same “stuff” - the greed, envy, anger, and sadness,

the yearning to be free. The story may differ, but the underlying

feelings are the same.

After receiving llahinoor, many people reported a new sense of

inner quietness and peace, and a relaxation into and acceptance

of themselves, their lives, and their awakening process. Some saw

that struggle only occurs when we resist what is present and think

that something different should be happening. The actual emo-

tional content was not so hard to face, they realized; the judgment

that it was wrong or bad to feel what they were feeling had filled

the process with conflict.

Suffering had been compounded by spiritual beliefs such as /

should be beyond this emotion. If | were truly awake, none of this

would be present. | need to hide these feelings and pretend that

everything is calm and clear. As llahinoor opened up an allow-

ing space for everything that was present, these judgments were

replaced by greater self-acceptance and equanimity. Emotional

tempests might continue to rise and fall, but deep within was a

place that could contain them all and allow them to pass through,

without the damage that might have previously occurred from

holding back and then venting strong feelings.

After receiving Ilahinoor, daily life flowed more smoothly for

many, as they discovered great joy in the everyday tasks that had

once seemed boring, meaningless, or irrelevant to what they had

thought awakening was all about. Feeling isolated and alone in a

separate little bubble gave way to a palpable sense of unity with

all forms of life, from trees and rocks to the birds out in the yard.

We were especially happy to hear from those who had become

imbalanced from too many highlight activations, without enough

corresponding attention paid to the embodiment of vaster ener-

gies and transmissions. A Scandinavian man’s email described his

133

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

feelings of despondency after months of finding himself lost and

adrift. The many Deekshas Erik had received had apparently dis-

mantled his sense of self so thoroughly that he no longer had a

clear sense of the meaning of his life. After his first experience of

llahinoor, he wrote:

It feels very wonderful to see and feel the changes that happen

with Hahinoor. It is like a gentle mother coming and comforting and

showing everything is going to be all right.

Erik’s depression lifted and he went on to share the blessings he

had received from Ilahinoor with others in similar situations.

A woman who found Ilahinoor so resonant she went on to join

nearly every teleconference we offered had this to say after her

first experience of the energies:

Since the transmission, the refrain |-laaaaa-hee-noor has moved

through me spontaneously accompanied with the downflow of a

wide stream of bright liquid light that enters the crown, zips down

to the belly, splits down the legs and out the soles into tiny light-

filled roots. Quite amazing. The energy feels so right/needed/

good/balancing.

The llahinoor energy feels to me like that complete relax-

ation that occurs when falling into a big soft chair after a long hard

day. The chair provides deep rest and support as | realize | didn’t

know how tired and out-of-balance | was. Or how a long drink of

fresh water tastes after not realizing how thirsty | actually had be-

come. /lahinoor really does enliven.

If there is one thing llahinoor seems to impart to the human self, it is

this sense of being at home in our own skin. As we sink into flowing

more easily with the rhythms of Life, we find ourselves responding

to whatever comes with the carefree abandon of a child playing

in a sandbox. As it continues to be passed from person to person,

134

Our Journey with Ilahinoor

circling the globe, Ilahinoor helps the focus of humanity’s atten-

tion to shift from contagious disease to contagious ease. What a

joy to envision a world full of people happy to be themselves, just

as they are!
Hahinoor in Addiction Recovery

After receiving llahinoor during a teleconference, a physician be-

gan to share the transmission with recovering addicts in a rehabili-

tation facility that, up until then, had not been a calm and peaceful

place. Here is Dr. R’s description of what ensued when he asked

llahinoor to touch each of the patients:

There was an immediate visible change. The normal addict nega-

tivism lifted. There was a feeling of lightness and almost joy.

The next day, all forty transmitted Ilahinoor to each other.

All | could do was break down in tears. Then, on Family Day, one

hundred people gave the energy to each other. The same thing

happened. The entire Universe stopped — was in between breaths

— nothing and everything at the same time. It makes me weep

with tears of joy.

Conflicts have been reduced by 75%, and this is the week of

the full moon. Everything was so peaceful; everyone went around

the grounds in silence, like monks in a cloister.

Eighteen people are in detox now, and usually they go

through excruciating pain. They still have pain, but they were al-

most peacefully transitioning. The detox usually takes a few days,

and it took a few hours!

We don’t touch each other at the house. All of this was done

by sending Ilahinoor with intention and by name. As everyone

Joined in chanting “I-la-hi-noor,” it just went where it wanted to go,

in waves. It is such a beautiful sound, to hear one hundred people

chanting — the vibration is tremendous. Then this holy hush comes

over them.

135

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

During calls, when Dr. R described the “holy hush,” it came over

us all. He later met with an imam who emphasized the extreme

sacredness of the word Ilahinoor. “When we speak the word, we

are raising the light of God within us,” Dr. R explained.

In light of Dr. R’s experiences at the rehab center, the potential for

similar benefits with other types of addiction — eating disorders,

caffeine and nicotine addiction, and all other forms of seeking

without what can only be found within — immediately comes to

mind. A vast realm of possibility lies as yet unexplored, just wait-

ing for those who feel called to participate in a grand experiment.

Endless Opportunities to Experience Ilahinoor

As teleconferences brought together people living all across the

globe, we all delighted in hearing how others were sharing the Ila-

hinoor transmission — not only with other humans, but also with

animals, birds, trees, and places. A man named Skandar uplifted

us all as he described sharing Ilahinoor with the beings and places

he encountered in his journey through life. After transmitting Illahi-

noor to some bristlecone pine trees, for instance, Skandar pointed

out that because all members of a particular tree species are part

of one group soul, they could share Ilahinoor with one another

after he’d transmitted it to them. With his extraordinary sensitivity

to the life in all forms, Skandar felt this joyful sharing taking place.

Skandar inspired the two of us to go out into our yard and transmit

llahinoor to the juniper trees there. As we tuned in to them, we felt

the deep sadness in these sylvan beings for being so little valued

in the area where we live. Viewing them as water-guzzlers, farm-

ers and ranchers cut down large swaths of junipers, oblivious not

only to their vital role in the hydrological cycle that provides basic

sustenance to us all, but also to their inherent sacredness as living

beings. The junipers seemed to drink in Ilahinoor, and we sensed

they were grateful for the rare gift of being seen as a valuable part

136

Our Journey with Ilahinoor

of Creation. Taking our cue from Skandar, we asked them to share

llahinoor with all other junipers, and to convey that they are loved

by at least two members of the species that seemed intent on

eradicating them from Earth.

Skandar also often shared Ilahinoor with injured raptors in a rehab

center near his home. Sometimes, he reported that Ilahinoor aided

them in their healing process, and described the exhilaration of

watching as a bird was set free. At other moments, Skandar felt

llahinoor ease the transition out of the body for those too injured

to survive.

Before sharing Ilahinoor with nonhuman beings, Skandar always

checked in with them to be sure they were receptive to the ener-

gies. If he didn’t feel an unqualified “Yes,” he didn’t transmit Ilahi-

noor to them. He also tuned in to determine when a transmission

was complete, and how frequently to share Ilahinoor with each

recipient. Animals and birds, he said, often communicated through

eye contact and subtle movements that let Skandar know when

the being had received enough energy for the time being. With

trees, other plants, rocks, and land masses, Skandar’s highly devel-

oped intuition indicated when a transmission was appropriate, the

most effective way to deliver it, and when it felt complete.

Hearing Skandar’s many accounts of sharing Ilahinoor prompted

us to ask to be conduits for Ilahinoor to pour through and perme-

ate the atmosphere in a variety of public spaces, from large stores

to airports. Whenever we found ourselves in such a place, we’d

make ourselves available to being utilized by the Divine in this way.

We'd also ask that all who were ready to receive the grace of Ilahi-

noor be blessed by it as they passed through the space, in exactly

the right way for each soul.

Calling in llahinoor particularly eased the challenges often en-

countered in modern travel. In a train, we’d ask that Ilahinoor fill

137

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

our compartment, and then all the cars. This seemed to make the

impersonal space more friendly and harmonious. On an airplane, if

the pilot announced there would be turbulence ahead, we’d send

llahinoor out in front of the plane. More often than not, it smoothed

the way for us all to travel onward in comfort.

Here is how one woman described the ways Ilahinoor was weav-

ing itself into the fabric of her daily life:

lahinoor is chanting itself through me even when I don't call it forth

- in Home Depot, in the midst of traffic jams. It’s singing itself into

situations where it wants to be.

The Grace of Ilahinoor

Everyone who receives Ilahinoor can immediately pass it on to

anyone else who would like to experience it. Some people may

require a few transmissions to lock into the source of the ener-

gies and feel their frequencies coming alive within them; but with

repeated exposure Ilahinoor makes itself known in a palpable way.

Even when bodily sensations or consciousness shifts seem elusive,

people find that experiencing llahinoor over time subtly, yet no-

ticeably, alters their experience of life.

The process of integrating Ilahinoor can resemble that of growing

a garden. After the first few transmissions of llahinoor, the seeds

have been planted, but we may not see the tender, green shoots

peeking above the ground for some time to come. If we return to

the garden two or three month later, the emergence of new life

becomes obvious. Then, we might recognize the ways in which

llahinoor has fine-tuned our perception and increased our sense

of the underlying unity beneath the apparently separate forms we

each inhabit.

As the fabric of our being is rewoven and integrated with the spir-

itual dimensions of consciousness, our awareness of that which

138
Our Journey with Ilahinoor

supports life increases. Many people who work with Ilahinoor

over time find themselves making dietary changes, embarking on

cleansing programs, and, in general, focusing on more fully nurtur-

ing the human form as a vessel for the soul and spirit. It is common

to shift from an excessively linear, goal-driven, masculine orien-

tation to a way of being that incorporates feminine wisdom and

reverence for life. This shift can mean more sleep, rest, and quiet

contemplation — the hallmarks of a balanced existence that are

often devalued in the busy modern world.

Receiving lIlahinoor heightens the evolutionary process already

underway in each of us, but even more evolution is catalyzed as

we transmit the energies to others. Stepping into sharing the Ila-

hinoor transmission brings about a major leveling, especially in

those who have believed some sort of spiritual pedigree was re-

quired to access the Divine. A radical shift in identity occurs as we

realize we are capable of inviting sacred energies to pour through

us to bless others.

Some of the most touching moments we’ve experienced in shar-

ing llahinoor have occured as rooms full of people take turns giv-

ing and receiving Ilahinoor. The rich, sacred silence that permeates

the room, the radiant glow emanating from all present, and the

loving oneness that unites everyone attest to the majesty that lives

within us all, just waiting to come forth and be shared. As Ilahinoor

pours through all alike — the shy and self-doubting as well as the
confident and fearless — we see one another in our true identity as

representatives of the Divine here on Earth.

When we directly experience divine energies being activated

within us and flowing through us from the Source, there is no

question that we are one with God. Further, when we place

our hands on another and witness him/her lighting up with di-

vine energy, the reality that we are also capable of transferring

139

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

blessing-grace becomes self-evident. This realization bypasses

deeply embedded beliefs of our limitations and all the stories

about our separation, sin, and unworthiness that have been held

in the collective unconscious for millennia. In sharing llahinoor,

the truth is revealed through direct demonstration. Can there be

anything more satisfying than stepping into our divine birthright?

Because it has no rules or limits, no long training programs, no

hierarchies of influence or organizational structures, Ilahinoor is

available to all. People are free to share Ilahinoor with friends, co-

workers, church members, animals, pets, plants, trees, and birds.

Anyone can ask to be a conduit for Ilahinoor to fill a building, a

bus, an area of a city, a nation, or whole regions of the world that

might benefit from its soothing, healing, vibrational frequencies.

When we hear of a disaster anywhere on the planet, we can im-

mediately ask to be a conduit for Ilahinoor to flow through us to

that area and all its inhabitants. And, of course, it is a great joy to

envision the entire planet and everyone on it bathed in the healing,

nurturing grace of Ilahinoor.

Reading about Ilahinoor opens the mind to new possibilities and

prepares the way for the living reality of Ilahinoor to reveal itself to

you. Experiencing Ilahinoor is far more catalytic, for it has the po-

tential to activate your awareness of new dimensions of your be-

ing, and of life itself. The way to find out about those dimensions is

through your own personal exploration. Because nothing impacts

consciousness more than our own direct experience, we offer the

following experiential immersion into the frequencies of Ilahinoor.

Experience~Activation: llahinoor

Find a quiet, comfortable place in which you can remain for a time.

At first, you will be sitting, and later it will be best to lie down.

As you sit quietly, allow your eyes to close and become aware

of your breathing. Feel the breath coming into the body and then

140
Our Journey with Ilahinoor

going back out. Letting your awareness sink into the breath, feel

yourself traveling into the inner world.

Invite the breath into any physical or emotional sensation that

is present. Feel it, and then, on the outbreath, let it flow through

you back into the totality of Life. Continue feeling and releasing,

breath by breath. In this way, you are breathing open a space into

which you can invite llahinoor when it is time for that to occur.

Contemplate all that you have read about Ilahinoor. What

deeply spoke to you about this transmission? What does it offer

that would be food for your soul? How might Ilahinoor offer suste-

nance to your human self in its journey of awakening? Allow a few

minutes to consider these questions.

Now, feel how much you would like to directly experience

the blessing of llahinoor. From the sacred space in your heart of

hearts, call to the One Divine Presence out of which all emanates:

l open myself now to experience the grace of Ilahinoor. | am

ready to receive it now!

Chanting the sacred word Ilahinoor three times aloud is a

powerful way to open the channels for the grace of Ilahinoor to

pour in. The word Ilahinoor is composed of two root syllables: ilah,

which refers to the Divine, and noor, which means light. To pro-

nounce Ilahinoor, divide it into four syllables as follows:

EE

LAH’

HEE

NOOR

Ilahinoor is an extremely sacred word in the Islamic tradition.

Feel the magnificence and grandeur of the word and its meaning

as you chant it aloud. Know that giving voice to the word literally

calls in the Light of our Infinite Source, and raises the divine light

that already lives within each of us.

141

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

After you have chanted or spoken the word Ilahinoor aloud’

three times, feel yourself opening like a flower to receive the trans-

mission. You may feel it pouring down from above, or coming alive

within you, or both. Feel the transmission going wherever it is most

needed. Welcome Ilahinoor into the belly soul center, if it wants to

go there. Allow plenty of time for llahinoor to do whatever it seems

to want to do within you, until the process feels complete.

Then invite llahinoor to flow into your arms and settle into

your hands, awakening your ability to transmit llahinoor to others.

Let this take as long as it likes, until you feel confident that you can

share Ilahinoor with anyone who would like to receive it.

When the sitting portion of the transmission seems to be

complete, and you feel the frequencies of Ilahinoor alive within

you, lie down and allow the transmission to continue to deepen

and integrate on all levels of your being. Allow plenty of time for

this part of the process. Many people find fifteen to thirty minutes

to be helpful.

After this act feels complete, ask to be shown anything else

that will help llahinoor deepen in you. A glass of water a walk

in nature, or connecting with a beloved pet are some ways this

transmission may want to be assisted into a richer, fuller level of

integration.

Be gentle with yourself after the transmission has landed

within you. Resist the temptation to get busy; allow the grace of

llahinoor to continue to settle in over time. And, remember that

whenever you like, you can once again call in the blessing-grace

of Ilahinoor.

Hahinoor: An Evolutionary Gift of Grace

In the bigger picture, the spread of Ilahinoor is occurring as an

answer to an evolutionary need. The Earth and humanity are

ascending into a new dimension of existence. The very fabric of

matter/energy that forms the basis of our physical experience is

142
Our Journey with Ilahinoor

shifting octaves, birthing a new, higher-dimensional species and

planet.

llahinoor ignites the light of Source in the very heart of matter, the

light within all form. When it becomes sufficiently illumined and

awakened, matter goes through a phase shift analogous to what

happens when water melts from ice into a liquid, and then, with a

sufficient energy increase, into an invisible gas. A similar uplevel-

ing is occurring with your body and the planet as you read this.

llahinoor offers a gift of grace that allows this upleveling to take

place in a more harmonious and expeditious manner. In its infinite

love, the Divine wants to make this shift as easy as possible for all

of us. The grace of Ilahinoor seems to soften the journey, smooth-

ing out the rough patches and reminding us to nurture ourselves,

one another, and all of life every step of the way.

There are many ways of describing this massive evolutionary

shift that is now underway. The two of us like to refer to it as the

birthing of the Luminous Self. We are graduating from thinking

of ourselves as a small, limited self, to realizing that we are actu-

ally a vast, magnificent, radiant Self. As our fundamental sense

of identity shifts away from the separation and unconsciousness

of the human condition, our self-sense reorients to center with-

in the unified, limitless luminosity of our true nature. Because it

helps us to become aware of the Divine Light that we are, and to

directly experience the radiance that lives within every cell of our

being, llahinoor is of great assistance in the process of birthing

the Luminous Self.

As we come to know ourselves as radiant beings of light, and as

that light embodies more and more deeply within us, llahinoor

may continue to catalyze our evolution as souls in the human ex-

perience. For the two of us, working deeply with Ilahinoor over

143

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

many months opened a door that led to receiving two other trans-

missions of Grace that we call Love~Oneness and Spotless Mind.

Each of the three transmissions activates a specific soul center

and arena of experience. When combined and experienced over

time, all three contribute to a balanced awakening process that

eventuates in the realization that we are each a Luminous Self,

here to radiate our frequencies into an awakening world.

We share all three transmissions through teleconferences and in-

person groups and events. For information on our schedule as well

as much more about all three Transmissions of Grace, we welcome

you to visit our website, [Link]. There, you will find

specific information on how we transmit Ilahinoor to others, both

in person and at a distance, practical guidelines, and legal and

ethical considerations. You can also read many more accounts

of how people have experienced Ilahinoor and the other trans-

missions we share.

llahinoor and the other Transmissions of Grace feature promi-

nently in our book, Agents of Grace, Part Two of the Birthing the

Luminous Self trilogy. In Agents of Grace, we describe the natu-

ral progression from awakening to the soul as our true identity

(which is the theme of our first book, Soul Awakening), to acti-

vating the ability to serve as a conduit of grace. We share what

we have learned and experienced with Ilahinoor and the other

Transmissions of Grace, how the three transmissions harmonize

and complement one another, and the ways they contribute to a

balanced, grounded awakening process. For more information on

Agents of Grace and our other books, please see our website.

144

chapter 26

Emboaying

Divine Light
by Sarah Godwin

Sarah and her husband, David, have been working with Ilahinoor

since 2008. At the time of writing, they were leading workshops in

the Uk, Poland, and Spain. Sarah’s website is |[Link], and

she can be reached at sarahg@[Link].

llahinoor found me in 2007 when | read about it on Kiara’s web-

site. | was drawn to the idea that Ilahinoor could open the whole

body to awakened consciousness, but it was the experience of a

deeply soothing, loving energy in the days that followed that per-

suaded me to investigate it further.

| had been receiving Oneness Deeksha for a year or so, and had

experienced some significant emotional clearing and shifts of con-

sciousness; however, the opening | felt was primarily around the

head and heart, and | was finding myself spacing out somewhat.

| also knew of others who were having difficulty grounding and

integrating the effects. The most profound shift, to my surprise,

happened spontaneously during a family holiday in Spain, where

| was nowhere near a live Deeksha giver but was reading a book

about it. | underwent a powerful initiation, following which | felt

the energy flowing out through me.

| felt somewhat crushed, on my return home, to be told that |

could not possibly transmit Deeksha without undergoing the of-

ficial process in India. | considered going to India to become an

official Deeksha giver, but what | really wanted was to help people

embody this awakening of consciousness.

145

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

| have always felt that spirituality should not be treated as sepa-

rate from everyday life. It is too easy to get lost in high states of

consciousness while losing our connection with the physical body

and ordinary reality. This llahinoor transmission seemed to offer

a more integrated approach, and promoted a direct connection

with the Source; it made me curious to learn more.

Naturally skeptical, and despite the pull | felt, | was unsure of

whether Kiara Windrider and his transmission were the genuine

article. So | signed up for a retreat with him in the Swiss Alps — |

reckoned that at the very least | would have a great holiday in

the snow! But my doubts could not have been more unfounded;
this retreat turned out to be the pivotal point of my entire life.

Along with Deeksha, | had been using Reiki and other energy and

deep body work for some years, and was familiar with deep levels

of perception and altered states of consciousness, but Ilahinoor

opened me very quickly to something quite new.

Three years on, it’s sometimes hard to recall what it was like at the

beginning, as this sense of vast inner spaciousness, together with

a deep stability, quickly began to feel normal. When | introduce

people to llahinoor for the first time and experience their wonder

and gratitude, | recapture the magic of that retreat in Switzerland.

My response to the first hands-on transmission was rather dra-

matic. | experienced an immediate release of negative energy

patterns through spontaneous body movements, and was then

unable to speak or move for at least two hours. Thereafter, | dis-

covered | would drop spontaneously into a quite unfamiliar state

of consciousness whenever | relaxed, especially just before and

after sleep — a very open, spacious state that felt as if | were swim-

ming around an infinite universe inside of me. | was having mysti-

cal visions of ancient Egypt — something that | would never have

expected — yet | was not disconnected from ordinary reality. | was

146

Embodying Divine Light

deep in this open, clear, and peaceful state but also very securely

in the body, and connected with the physical environment. There

was a deep heart connection with other people and with nature,

and a lightness of being that didn’t take anything too seriously.

Uncomfortable, even profoundly painful states arose at times,

but | moved through them remarkably quickly. Receiving or giv-

ing myself the llahinoor transmission allowed me to fully embrace

whatever | was feeling, and the contraction would release into

something even more open than before.

This experience continues to be a pattern. After a great expan-

sion, | often experience an Ilahinoor hangover for a day or so — a

somewhat contracted and agitated state, generally with physical

discomfort and negative thoughts. It has happened enough times

now for me to trust that this feeling will usually last no more than

a day, and is usually followed by a state of peaceful, connected

ordinariness in which life flows with ease.

| realized during this first retreat with Kiara that everything | had

done in my life so far was a preparation for this experience — | was

excited to discover how beautifully my existing work with listening

touch and deep body release harmonized with llahinoor, and had

the sense that a new phase of life was beginning. | realized that |

was the first person from the UK to attend one of Kiara’s Ilahinoor

seminars, and | was filled with a missionary enthusiasm to take

this amazing transmission home and share it with as many people

as possible. But | felt some trepidation; was | simply on a spiritual

high that would dissolve when | left Kiara and this magical Alpine

setting? Would Ilahinoor really cross the English Channel with me?

| gave my first transmission to a friend at home, and was surprised

and relieved to discover that not only did Ilahinoor flow power-

fully, but also when she gave it to me in return, it felt every bit as

strong as it had in Switzerland. One of the greatest attributes of

147

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

this energy is that it is simply available to anyone who is drawn to

use it. Although it was certainly a profound experience to spend

ten days on retreat with Kiara, clearly not everyone must undergo

such a formal process.

| had come home with my mission of immediately launching Ilahi-

noor in a big way, but that is not what actually happened. | didn’t

have the immediate response | had hoped for, which left me feel-

ing somewhat flat and disappointed. What did happen, however,

was some very sweet and intense work with just two or three close

friends, and some deep healing for myself. Eventually, | let go of

needing to make anything happen, and at that exact point people

started to appear, through apparent coincidences, who were very

interested in llahinoor, and the work started to take off effortlessly.

From this experience | learned two important things: firstly, that

llahinoor, though gentle, is very powerful, and can initiate both a

fast release of deeply entrenched limiting patterns, and an em-

bodiment of high levels of new energy. Our deepest structures

start to change, and although it is not necessary to be complete-

ly clear or healed in order to give Ilahinoor to others, we must

give priority to our own process and allow ourselves the time and

space to integrate these shifts.

The second understanding was that the appropriate people will be

drawn to Ilahinoor at the appropriate time, and that | have to trust

this process! | am always meeting people at our workshops who

heard about it through some odd synchronicity, often at the last

moment; who knew they had to come but didn’t know why; who

had felt something new was coming for a while, or who recog-

nized llahinoor as an energy they had already been experiencing.

| love that the more deeply Ilahinoor opens me to my true nature,

the more accepting and trusting | become that this is how all of life

works — if we can allow it!

148

Embodying Divine Light

| wrote the following three months after my return from Switzer-

land:

| am noticing not only shifts and expansions of perception, but

also a distinct change in the nature of my body-consciousness. At

the mental-emotional level, | am moving rapidly between states —

from excitement to wobbly fear to joy to confusion. But all of these

feelings are held within an expanding quality of profoundly secure

embodiment.

For some years, through various dance, movement, and

meditation practices, | have been entering more deeply into my

body, becoming more at home in myself; but what | experience

now is quite unprecedented. It is really hard to put into words,

but | feel somehow more solid and rooted, and at the same time

more spacious and filled with light. It is like a visceral experience

of Divine love — God is my blood, my bones, my skin, my breath...

and accessing this place of secure body-bliss is not dependent on

how I am feeling physically or emotionally. | can, for example, have

severe indigestion or a headache and the underlying state is unaf-

fected, and in fact can be drawn upon to help me enter the pain

with healing.

One of the most exciting effects during the first year or so of Ilahi-

noor was the opening of my inner vision. | must admit | had previ-

ously been quite skeptical both of so-called past life experiences

and of the appearance of angels and Ascended Masters. But in

addition to some wonderful psychedelic colored light shows, | was

finding myself after Ilahinoor transmissions going into deep trance

states in which various Egyptian scenarios were experienced, and

| was visited by Babaji, Christ, the Buddha, and assorted angels!

The first time my husband. David, gave me Ilahinoor, we had an

extraordinary mutual Egyptian experience. Following the trans-

mission | went into an altered state, and after various Egyptian

visions, found myself in a huge, dark smoky hall filled with people

149

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

who were all bowing down before some kind of king or deity, clad

in gold, who was sitting on a throne on a raised platform. | was so

fully in this scenario that in deep awe and devotion | felt compelled

to fall to the floor and prostrate myself at David’s feet. The bit of

me that was witnessing this vision felt rather foolish, but when

David bent down and laid his hand on my head in blessing, | felt

appropriately honored.

David, meanwhile, had felt himself change physically and grow

very tall. He experienced himself to be some kind of god-like fig-

ure dressed in gold, up on a dais in a great dark hall in front of a

vast crowd of prostrated worshippers. So when | fell to the ground

in front of him, it was the most natural thing in the world to reach

down and give me a blessing.

As you can imagine, David never lets me forget this. | should add

that afterwards — and this is how life with llahinoor has become

— we went and ate dinner in front of the TV with no sense of dis-

connection between the two experiences!

Another common experience, that | have heard reported by

others, is a very physical sense of becoming one with the Earth.

About three months after first receiving Ilahinoor, | wrote about

a particularly powerful experience:

Being Gaia

Following an Ilahinoor session, | had a profound experience of

embodied oneness. During the session, | had felt an exceptionally

strong connection with Earth energy, with a powerful flow com-

ing up through my feet. Afterward, bathed in the energy, | had

the physical experience of my body becoming entirely enclosed by

flesh — it felt blissfully safe and secure, luscious, soft, and warm. At

first | wondered if | was back in the womb, but then | understood

that this was a physical experience of oneness — all of humanity

was literally one flesh.

150
Embodying Divine Light

As | rested in the sensation of expanded consciousness, | had’

a spherical awareness of this one body spread over the surface of

the globe. Gradually, I began to incorporate all fleshly beings, then

all forms of life, until | was the living skin of the world. | became

Gaia, a single living organism with a pulsating core, not separate

from the Universe.

This experience was not simply a vision or a concept, but

a physical and sensate experience. This sense of being not just a

personal body, but also somehow connected with the body of the

Earth, remains with me now, underpinning everything.

It is interesting now, more than three years later, to read the above

and recall the intensity of the first year or two with Ilahinoor. The

profound healing and expansion of consciousness experienced by

myself and others was thrilling. | was organizing seminars for Kiara,

and David and | were also beginning to teach Ilahinoor around the

country. Highlights included a trip to Egypt with Kiara and Grace

(an extraordinary journey of initiation during which it really felt as

if we had entered another dimension); connecting with elemental

Earth energies in Ireland, and the intense degree of unconditional

love | would feel when giving the transmission to a large group of

people. | was experiencing a great expansion of potential, in terms

of my capacity as an individual and as a human being.

Then something changed, and everything gradually began to

appear somewhat flat. | was leading workshops where the par-

ticipants were having profound experiences, but for me the vi-

sionary, multidimensional aspect was much diminished, and even

when those experiences occurred, they seemed of less interest

and importance. | was much more interested in doing ordinary

practical things. Although the energetic quality of Ilahinoor by this

time felt deeply embodied, the excitement and missionary zeal

were gone.

151

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

There was disenchantment with what had so far been largely a

journey of experience. | had achieved deep insights, profound vi-

sions, and amazing revelations, but had a sense that all of this en-

lightenment was not ultimately significant. | was lost and confused

and entered a period of depression — something that | had hoped

llahinoor had banished forever.

In this new, much less enjoyable place, | started to question the

possibilities of Ilahinoor as the route to ultimate awakening but

continued to use it both with others and myself. | was sharing it

almost daily with a friend who was going through a very difficult

activation of traumatic childhood experiences.

During this period, | gained a deeper understanding and respect

for the healing nature of the transmission, and the depths to which

it can take us when we commit deeply to Life. When we inquire

into the nature of a pain, whether physical or emotional, we tend

to arrive at a place where we naturally want to turn back. Some-

thing in our conditioning tells us that it is not safe to go any further.

It can almost feel as if we will die if we pass this threshold.

What | have experienced is that Ilahinoor serves as a chalice of

love, in which we are able to meet fully, embrace, and ultimately

move through this pain into a place of great spaciousness. But

despite all the experience of love and healing, this commitment to

clearing our most deeply held patterns is not always an easy path,

and often requires us to move away from what is safe and familiar

toward the realm of the unknown.

“At a certain point,” says the spiritual teacher Adyashanti, “your

relationship with spirituality is going to turn from something that

is based in experience, to the letting go and dissolution of self. You

allow this falling away to happen. You don’t do it, you don’t know

how to do it. All you have to do is allow it to happen.”

152

Embodying Divine Light

Easier said than done, as the mind tries every strategy it can mus-

ter to maintain control over a self that never really existed in the

first place. Of course, as Kiara writes, this dissolution of identity

is happening now, whether we choose it or not — but we are

deeply conditioned to believe that we have to make things hap-

pen. Simply allowing something to unfold is one of the hardest

things for us humans! Ilahinoor can open us to this space of allow-

ing, of simply letting be, so that the movement of Life can flow

without resistance.

During the winter of 2009, | went through a phase of working

very intensively with the Merkaba activation, which promoted a

great acceleration of letting go of mental control. After a few

days of feeling almost suicidal, | experienced a subtle yet funda-

mental shift. There came a recognition of the complete futility of

trying to control anything with the mind, and the focal point of

my awareness seemed to turn around. Following this shift, there

was a period when | seemed to be losing my grip on ordinary

reality — | was either a ghost or in a world of ghosts. Ilahinoor, at

this point, became a great stabilizer, and | could see clearly how

it worked in support of the Merkaba activation.

The last year or so has been quite a rollercoaster ride, as old

structures have fallen away to reveal for a while something very

free, before another contraction grips and life obligingly throws

up the perfect circumstances to challenge any reinflation of the

ego. During this phase, Ilahinoor has continued to be my anchor

and companion, still offering a loving yet unswerving process of

opening, revealing, embracing, and dissolving.

When | feel stuck or confused or lost in the story, | make a little

inner intention and say the name, which is how | make my con-

nection with llahinoor, and eventually | am washed with loving

presence and the sense of being soothingly held; the mind will

quiet and clearing will happen.

153

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

| have found that working with movement, breath, and sound can

allow a deeper, faster, and more complete clearing. After a year

or so with llahinoor, | started to find this kinetic release happen-

ing quite spontaneously whenever any stress or negative emotion

arose. When the system reaches a certain frequency, lower vibra-

tions are no longer stored and embedded, they can spontaneously

be released.

The more | work with Ilahinoor, the less | feel | will ever be able

to offer any intellectually satisfying explanation of its nature. Be-

cause it takes us beyond third-dimensional consciousness, any

attempt to define it feels like trying to wrestle an octopus into a

box! My sense now is that Ilahinoor is not something | am given

from beyond, but is simply an experience of coming home to

what | already am.

If | look back to life before Ilahinoor, | can see what a profound

shift there has been. All the usual stuff persists — internal argu-

ments, judgments, conditioned responses — yet it all happens in

an infinitely vast embracing space. My experience of life now is

more like surfing a wave than struggling on a battlefield. | have

stopped reaching for anything, stopped becoming fixated with

cosmic experiences, and have started to embrace and celebrate

the sacred ordinariness of life.

David and | often teach workshops in which we support Ilahinoor

with craniosacral therapy, dance, and movement. After introduc-

ing llahinoor and its context, the emphasis is always on the ex-

periences of the participants, and their exploration of what they

encounter in themselves and each other, often through touch

and movement.

When emotions come up, we always encourage people to let them

unravel through the body. Some people find that release happens

154

Embodying Divine Light

for them in deep stillness, others find that letting the body move

spontaneously offers not only a fuller release, but also a new level

of trust in their deeper innate wisdom.

| have been offering a process that is still evolving, and which be-

gins with a transmission of Ilahinoor and opens into an exploration

through movement, touch, and sound. | have experimented with

starting out with the group sitting in a circle, leaning against each

other back to back as we tune into Ilahinoor. | encourage them to

become aware of small internal movements, and then feel if this

experience wants to grow into something larger.

Participants may get up and start moving, whether alone or in

contact with someone else, always with an awareness of their

relationships with each other, the Earth, and the cosmos. Sounds

may also arise, usually starting off as a cacophony of individual

noises, but then weaving together into a beautiful and powerful

group expression. | sometimes supply props — pieces of fabric,

hats, scarves — that add a dimension for exploration and expres-

sion. A profound and exhilarating performance of spontaneous

theatre can emerge, with potent energy greater than the sum of

the individual participants.

This group alchemy is an important aspect of our gatherings. |

always sense that the right people have synchronistically come

together in the right place for some larger purpose. We can often

feel how a particular group soul is interacting with the Earth, even
though the purpose may be beyond our understanding.

This feeling was felt particularly strongly when we facilitated a

group in a building on the site of the infamous Warsaw ghetto. We

experienced the energy there as heavy and difficult, and found

ourselves drawn to activate the Merkaba of the building and the

area, and danced and sang around the courtyard in order not to

155

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

be submerged by the heaviness. Most of the group went on to

experience much joy and lightness for the remainder of that week-

end, and some very deep healing took place.

The original message that came through in Turkey — and Kiara’s

personal intention — is that Ilahinoor is something that belongs to

us all equally — not something to be trademarked or turned into

a system. This understanding is demonstrated by Kiara’s invitation

to so many people to contribute to this book, and it shows up in

our workshops, too.

Although David and | may be initiating and holding the group pro-

cess, each participant makes his or her own contribution to the

whole, and we love to see the ways in which people are able to

support and facilitate eachother. The point of the workshop is that

participants should leave with a deeper knowledge of themselves

and their potential, and be able to offer something to others, if

they so wish. We start out as a circle of students, sitting and listen-

ing solemnly to two teachers, and generally end up as a bunch of

wise children, dancing together in shared freedom.

There is a saying in Zen, “When the realization is deep, your whole

being is dancing.” For realization to be complete, it has to hit on

three levels — head, heart, and gut. You can have a very clear,

enlightened mind, but your being won’t be dancing. Then, when

the heart starts to open along with the mind, your being starts to

dance. Then everything comes alive. And when your gut opens up,

there is that deep, deep, unfathomable stability where that open-

ing, that is you, just died into transparency. You are dancing — the

emptiness is dancing.”

156

The Gift of the Sufi

chapter 27

The Gift of the Sufi

by Rahmana Dziubany

Rahmana has been on the Sufi path for twenty-five years. She is

also an active dance leader and senior mentor for the Dances of

Universal Peace. Please visit [Link] or Dancesofuniversal-

[Link] to learn more about the Sufi tradition and dances.

In one of the Islamic creation stories, we hear that the Creator

wanted to realize Himself within creation. He offered to share

His divine inheritance to manifest the light in this world. He was

searching for a home, or as Ibn Arabi tells us, “I was a hidden

treasure and wanted to be known; therefore | created the world.”

He called together the stones, the animals, the plants, and the

first human beings, and asked them, A/astub/ Rabbikum? In other

words, “Do you agree that there is only one source of support

and guidance behind all the diversity we see? Will you remember

that there is only one reality that we all share, no matter what

you Call it?”

The first humans confirmed their readiness to witness and ex-

perience this phenomenon, consciously surrendering with full

awareness that their bodies may be used to embody the divine

light, to become an image of God on Earth. La Ilaha Illallah:

There is no reality but the One.

This is the pure primordial light we find in the eyes of a newborn

child. It is unveiled and unbroken, a little angel arriving on Earth.

It reminds each of us of our original state, our oneness with God.

157

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

As we journey through our lives with all the tests and challenges

we face, the veil of forgetfulness often covers our heart. We be-

come disconnected from this blissful original state of being, feeling

lost, empty, homeless, ignorant, and separate.

The human heart, to the Sufi, is a mirror catching this divine light

and reflecting it out into the world. They know, as they walk through

this life, that rust will collect on this mirror, and they recognize that

their commitment to creation is to devotionally polish this mirror

of the heart so that it can receive and radiate God's light.

The heart is the treasure chamber of God, say the Sufi, and holds

the keys to open wide the doors of eternity. The heart is a garden,

say the Sufi, which needs to be cultivated in order to blossom and

bear rich fruit, bringing nourishment and healing to all. The Sufi

mystics experienced this heart space as a garden of roses, filled

with the scent of the Divine.

The gift of the Sufi is to return to us the memory of our true origins,

the memory of all creation inherent in us, to open the hidden parts

of our soul where we became separated from our divine potential.

As we remember who we are, we become gardeners, digging deep

in our hearts, sharing the rich harvest with all creation.

| first met Kiara twenty-eight years ago in Shantivanam, the ashram

founded by Fr. Bede Griffiths in South India, as a gathering place

for artists, writers, healers, scientists, backpackers, and pilgrims

from all over the world. It was an experiment to bring together

Eastern and Western spiritualities, science, and mysticism. By the

holy river Cauvery, we danced and we sang in the remembrance of

who we were.

In this location | also did the | Ch’ing oracle one day, which told me

that | would lose all my belongings in order to find the destination

of my soul. That very night, back home in Germany, my wooden

158

The Gift of the Sufi

hut in the forest burned down with all my worldly possessions.

All the stories | had created in my life dissolved in the ashes, and |
set my feet on this new path of becoming truly a lover of God. In

India, they say that when the soul is ready to meet the teacher, the

teacher will find you.

We each carry inside a longing for divine union. The Sufi call this

the /shg — the glue of the universe, which unites the longing ones.

This Ishq gifted me with my Sufi teacher Pir Vilayat Inayat Khan,

and years later brought me into the teaching of the Dances of

Universal Peace — a deepening of my first encounter with the Sufi

dances we shared on the banks of the holy Cauvery.

The dances are a joyful transformative tool to bring together peo-

ple from all over the world, singing and dancing with prayers and

mantras from different traditions. They were initially received by

the first Sufi master of the West, Samuel L. Lewis, in the late 1960s.

Sam was friend and teacher to the flower people and the hippies,

and taught them that dances were a way to experience ecstasy

without drugs, a way of saying yes to life, and of creating a strong

sense of belonging to each other. Since his passing in 1972, the

dances have spread worldwide, weaving a web of light through

our dancing steps on the body of our Mother Gaia.

When Kiara and | left Father Bede’s ashram, we lost touch with

each other. Years went by until we finally met up again in the

dance circles. Without knowing Kiara’s background and story over

the past decades, | received from him an llahinoor session. | felt

a vibrant energy streaming through my body, taking me out into

other dimensions, and then back into my body in a state of deep,

deep relaxation.

As a senior mentor for the Dances of Universal Peace, | have

trained hundreds of people to become dancers or dance teachers

themselves. Using my feet as anchors for Mother Earth seemed

159

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

so obvious and natural that it was a great shock to me to realize

some years ago that my big toe had started to develop a serious

form of arthritis, giving me pain and lack of balance, and making it

difficult to even walk. The doctors told me there was nothing they

could do for me, except to take cortisol to help with the pain and

to prescribe special shoes. | tried various natural medicines and

Chinese healing methods, which helped, but never really stopped

the pain. Each step had become agony... but | kept dancing...

| had not heard of llahinoor before, so | had no expectations when

he gave me a treatment. | do not really remember what and how

it happened; | cannot recall if he put his hands on my body or if

he touched my aura. | just remember this immense outpouring of

light streaming through my body and transporting me into a world

outside of time. | was in bliss, riding on a cosmic wave, not wanting

to open my eyes or leave this magic space. | fell asleep and when |
woke up in the morning | was still in such a blissful state that, when

| took my first steps, | did not even realize that the pain was gone.

| had forgotten that | had even suffered from this pain!

Now many months later... | am still without pain. | am dancing free-

ly, taking my early morning jogs through the fields and forests of

my home, and wearing my favorite red shoes again! | can still feel

an arthritic condition in my toe, but the pain is completely gone,

and my heart still feels that same blissful state as when Ilahinoor

first started to stream through my body, heart, and soul.

| realized through experience that Ilahinoor sessions between two

people can bring a very deep and rapid release of patterns, trau-

mas, pain, or blockages within our bodies, hearts, and souls. As

we make our inner journeys and then reconnect with the circle of

life, we continue extending this web of light out to the world, so

that what was found and released can now be embraced and cel-

ebrated in a loving vibrant community with others.

160

The Gift of the Sufi

When Ilahinoor and the Sufi dances can be shared together, | have

experienced a deep power of healing. Where the dances bring

healing through sound, movement, and breath as a group, the Ila-

hinoor work allows the sound of the universe to resonate within

all the cells of our body, freeing the soul and releasing what has

been stuck.

| am writing this now as | visit a Sufi sister in the aboriginal lands

of Australia. She has been challenged by a life-threatening illness

for some months. While we dance in her dance temple, | work on

her with the gift of llahinoor. We both feel this light protection and

the calmness and peace it brings, allowing her to find inner rest,

contacting her deepest inner hidden self and finally helping her to

find some sleep. Her spirit is so bright and shining that we tend to

overlook that her body is in pain.

All over the world, we pray for this precious one and send lla-

hinoor; we cannot tell how her story will unfold. In this painful

struggle with the limitations of her body, the Ilahinoor work, as

well as the songs of life, bring ease, comfort, protection, and joy.

My dear friend tells me: When | arrive at the beach of stars, | will

not have left you. We only share this one reality, and we promised

the Creator that we would witness and experience this. La Ilaha

il Allah.

The message of my Sufi lineage is one of spiritual freedom and

liberation. “Dare to be the one you really are,” or as we sing it in

one of our songs, Return again, return again, return to the land of

your soul. Return to who you are, return to what you are, return to

where you are born and reborn again.

llahinoor and the Dances of Universal Peace, together with other

Sufi practices of breath, sound, and movement, are ready to guide

us along this path as eternal friends and companions. Thus, we

161

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

enter the garden of our hearts, each with our own unique story of

unfoldment and healing, and yet united in the heart of the One. Ila-

hinoor is a beautiful gateway into this garden. Through the dances,

connecting heart to heart in one circle, singing as one voice and

as one body, we can receive even deeper this divine light. Both

the dances and Ilahinoor are a means of polishing our hearts and

becoming vessels of this divine light.

| am grateful for the reunion with my dear friend Kiara Windrider,

who has devoted his life to being a vessel and channel for this

healing stream, helping his fellow human beings become vessels

and channels themselves. His work, his being, and his radical sur-

render to the divine call is of great significance for the evolution-

ary process of Mother Earth. | am touched, | feel healed, and | am

following this call as well, making Ilahinoor a vibrant breathing re-

ality at my International Institute for Dance and Peace Arts near

Berlin. May you all feel the gift of llahinoor and the blessing of

our dancing steps, which weave patterns of heavenly light into the
body of our beloved Earth Mother.

162

Techniques for Transmission

chapter 28

Techniques for

Transmission

by Arthur Collins

Arthur is a spiritual activist who has been involved with creating

bridges between indigenous traditions and the major world reli-

gions, particularly Tibetan Buddhism. His website is WorldOne-

[Link].

We are so blessed to be alive during these amazing times. We

are a transitional group of beings helping humanity move from

one way of being to another. We have often been called the tran-

sitional generation, the last generation of the old, and the first

generation of the new.

Wow! This is a big gift, and a big responsibility. We are the change

our ancestors have described, we are the ones tearing down the

walls of separation, and opening the channels of unity and com-

passion for all.

Our stories are unique, yet overlapping. How quickly life is unfold-

ing, and how much grace is being poured into us and through us!

Our bodies and psyches often shake and vibrate for no reason;

tears well up as our hearts expand in a longing to reach out and

heal those struggling or in need. We realize this experience is all

part of our journey toward universal wholeness and a sense of

global family.

As we move closer to a time of Shift, humanity is beginning to

choose love and compassion over war and hate, acceptance and

understanding over condemnation and denial. The scenarios of

a world destroying itself are being replaced with new directions

163

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

of healing and mending hearts. Rather than judging ourselves for

what we have been, a deep compassion is unfolding. We are our

ancestors and our descendents alike, we are the hurts, the fears,

and the shame alike. And now we are moving into deeper and

deeper levels of understanding and love for all beings, all humanity.

Hahinoor has come to us as a beautiful gift of love that helps us

to embody our chosen path of divine embodiment. Many have

shared so many beautiful rich and inspiring insights into the nature

of Ilahinoor and how it is touching lives and assisting in the shift of

human consciousness. The collective mind of man and the grace

of the divine are working hand in hand to assist this process.

As we get closer to a time of planetary ascension, we are being

invited to release the fears, distortions, and patterns that keep us

separate. Ilahinoor, for me, aligns all aspects of the self, from our

deepest shadows to our / AM Presence.

| started offering Ilahinoor workshops combining llahinoor with Ti-

betan Healing techniques | had learned while living among Tibet-

ans in Dharmsala and Bodhgaya, India. This effort was essentially

about connecting with the field of Ilahinoor first at the level of the

receiver’s / AM Presence, then gradually bringing it down to their

Soul Star a couple feet above their head, then down into the Crown,

down the Central Channel, and then down through their Earth Star

deep into the core of Mother Earth. As this connection occurred,

the individual’s aura would realign itself and correct various issues

from the past.

| saw that when people experienced some kind of traumatic event,

they would be attuned to certain vibrations of fear or discord.

These vibrations would be held within the person’s aura, then flow

down through their aura into the crown chakra and the rest of the

energy system. To my amazement, attuning with Ilahinoor cor-

rected all of that, disconnecting the earlier traumas and realigning

164

Techniques for Transmission

everything through the individual’s / AM. Folks were moved and

tears flowed and flowed.

Release of the Underworlds

One process that has recently taken form for me is healing the

collective and personal in all realms, including the underworlds. |

cannot convey strongly enough the importance of this work.

| have recently been guided to start work in the hell realms, and

some amazing things are occurring. | am being shown many dif-

ferent aspects of this realm — how and why they were created,

and their roles in the evolution of humanity.

Many beings — perhaps even aspects of ourselves from the past —

have been were told that what they were doing is wrong and for it

they were condemned to he//. What | was clearly shown was that

this belief in condemnation was lodged deep in the subconscious

fields of humanity, but that it is easy now to uncondemn ourselves.

While in Bodhgaya, close to the banyan tree where the Buddha

received his enlightenment, a friend and | shamanically went into

the depths of hell and planted a Tree of Life. Many of us have such

a strong belief in condemnation and hell that these beliefs create

their own reality on some level, contributing also to the creation of

a hell on Earth. We can reverse this phenomenon by creating love

and light in the hell realms, which we did by anchoring the unified

light of llahinoor in the image of a Tree of Life.

So many beautiful gifts and aspects of life have been wrongly con-

demned as well, and have been locked up in the subconscious hell

realms of our mind. It is time to uncondemn them, and to release

them back to humanity and to nature.

As the Earth undergoes a Shift, our cocreated hells must also

shift in structure. | was shown how so many beings took the roles

of devils and demons for our evolution. Now they can start to

165
ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

complete their roles and return to the place beyond good and evil,

right and wrong, light and dark. Ilahinoor is a beautiful light guiding

their path home.

We can help by simply anchoring this light into the leylines and

meridian points of the Earth, and also by embracing our own

shadows. As this experience happens, the light radiates through

the collective fields of humanity and the Earth, and those who be-

lieve they deserved hell can be healed and set free. This effort is all

part of creating heaven on Earth.

What | see happening for Mother Earth is so wonderful. Her

leylines and timelines are being cleared of mental overlays by

aspects of humanity still locked in the illusion of control. It’s so

wonderful, we are all — and | do mean a// — part of a remarkable

shift taking place; | am so grateful for llahinoor and for the help |

have received in guiding me in my own personal role within this

collective shift.

The Oneness Healing Meditation

The Oneness Healing Meditation (OHM) is a highly effective pro-

cedure for using the Divine Grace and Angelic Assistance in a

number of areas of life. It can be very helpful in assisting us in vari-

ous aspects of daily life, as well as in our ascension process. It can

be used on a daily basis, and used anytime you are feeling down

or lacking in energy and vitality. It is a great procedure to under-

take when you wish to turn your dreams into reality. And it can be

shared with others either directly or over the phone.

Before starting the OHM, let us review briefly some aspects of

brain science that may explain how Divine Grace in the form of lla-

hinoor works to cleanse our lives of stress and brings us increasing

states of joy and fulfillment.

The brain produces certain chemicals known as neuro-peptides.

166

Techniques for Transmission

There are neuro-peptides associated with every emotional state

that we experience, such as fear, love, anger, depression, and so

forth. As they flow through our nervous systems, these neuro-

peptides are attracted to cells that have receptor sites linked to

various emotional states. They fit into these receptors just like a

key fits into a lock.

If a certain emotion is predominant in a person, the production of

peptides related to that emotion tends to increase. When cell divi-

sion occurs, the receptors of the daughter cell will be structured

to receive the peptide related to that emotion. If these receptors

are matched with lower vibrational emotions such as depression,

fear, and hatred, the cells are not able to receive nutrients or to re-

lease toxins. This phenomenon accelerates the aging process and

results in physical and mental sickness.

A small input of energy has the power to bring order to a system

that is full of chaos. Ilahinoor may be used to assist in the trans-

fer of divine energy that brings order into the brain, resulting in

healing and balancing the mind and body. It ultimately activates

dormant aspects within the DNA, which allow neuro-peptides

related to higher emotions such as love, joy, and fulfillment to

predominate.

While performing this meditation, intend for the Ilahinoor Energy

and Divine Grace to cleanse and purify your cells, receive whatever

nutrients are needed, and create structures that are in harmony

with a happy and fulfilled life style.

The Oneness Healing Meditation described here may be used to

receive blessings in all areas of your life. It may also be used by

groups to bring healing and blessings to one’s group, family, com-

munity, and the planet.

Blessings may be invoked for physical healing, emotional healing,

or for manifesting abundance, harmony, and peace in the world.

167

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

Take a moment to decide what you would like to pray for and then

begin your session from a place of gratitude.

During the OHM, you will be sitting down and moving your legs

and arms into some very simple yet highly beneficial postures.

These postures are based on the work of Dr. Fred Gallo and Don-

na Eden in the field of Energy Medicine and Energy Psychology.

For the Oneness Healing Meditation you will need to be seated in

order to properly perform the following steps.

1. Start by holding an intention in mind. For example, your inten-

tion could be to deepen your experience of oneness, or to bring

healing into a relationship, or to create financial freedom in your

life. It could be to release a specific fear or addiction in your life, or

to achieve peace and harmony in the world.

2. Take a moment to align with your intention and call in your

Guardian Angel. Ask your personal Angel, who has been with you

since your creation, to assist you here today. Offer your intentions

and gratitude to the Divine, and simply sit in the Presence for a

few moments.

3. Cross your left ankle over your right. Hold your hands out in

front of you, arms extended, with your palms facing one another.

Next, turn your hands over so that your thumbs point down and

the back of your hands are now touching each other. Raise your

right hand up and over your left hand, and interlock the fingers.

Now turn your hands in and up so that your hands are resting on

your chest under your chin.

4. Now place the tip of your tongue at the roof of your mouth

behind the little ridge at the center of the palate. Take some slow,

deep diaphragmatic breaths in through your nose. At this point, it

is helpful to gently close your eyes and breathe slowly and deeply.

Imagine that the breath is coming in through the bottom of your

168

Techniques for Transmission

feet all the way up through your body. Comfortably hold in mind

your intention and prayer request as you breathe.

5. While breathing this way, visualize the llahinoor and Divine

Grace shining down from the heavens and onto your head. Imag-

ine that this light comes in through the top of your head as you

breathe in and then travels throughout your body, vibrating into

every cell, every fiber of your being, from the top of your head all

the way down into your shoulders and back, chest and stomach,

legs and arms, feet and hands. Continue this experience for a little

while, and comfortably bring your intention and prayer request

into your awareness as you continue to breathe.

6. Now unlock your fingers, arms, and legs and set your feet flat

on the floor, placing your hands and fingers in a prayer-like posi-

tion, the fingertips of the left hand touching the fingertips of the

right hand. While you hold this position, continue to position the

tip of your tongue to the roof of your mouth and breathe slowly

and steadily. Continue to sense Ilahinoor light glowing throughout

your body. As you inhale, imagine and feel the breath coming up

through the bottom of your feet. Maintain this position for a min-

ute or two. Comfortably remain aware of your intention in doing

this process.

7. Now relax for a moment or two and notice how you feel. Gently

relax and allow your hands and arms to rest gently on your thighs.
Take a few breaths, simply relaxing and noticing any sensations

you may be experiencing. Just be with your breath and remain

calm for a few moments.

8. Next, place the index and middle finger of one hand on your

forehead between your eyebrows, just lightly touching. Take in a

deep breath from your diaphragm and slowly exhale. Affirm three

times each of the following statements:

169

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

e | am eliminating any remaining aspects of this problem from

my whole being — mind, body, and soul. | am releasing all

toxins from my entire body and all my cells.

e | am creating balance and harmony throughout my entire be-

ing, activating the frontal lobes of the brain and deactivating

the parietal lobes.

e Divine Grace is fulfilling my intentions comfortably and easily

bringing grace and harmony into all areas of my life.

9. Next, place the two fingers under your nose, breathe slowly, and

make the same affirmation three times each.

10. Next, place the two fingers under your bottom lip, breathe

slowly, and make the same affirmation three times each.

11. Next, place the fingertips on your upper chest, and continue

breathing. Tap lightly on your chest as you make the same affirma-

tion three times each.

12. Next, place the palm of one hand over the center of your chest.

Get in touch with your feelings of love, compassion, beauty, and

joy, and ask for the Divine Blessing to flow into you. Notice the

color of this energy flow. Feel the Divine Grace of Ilahinoor enter-

ing your heart, and send this healing love to your entire being.

Give thanks to the Divine for all the wonderful love and light you

continue to receive.

13. Taking your time, return your awareness to your surroundings,

and allow yourself time to reorient. Reconsider your intentions for

this process. In most instances, the symptoms will be relieved or

entirely gone. If your intentions were for joy and deeper experi-

ences of oneness, you will most likely feel a much richer and fuller

experience of this emotion throughout your entire being.

Most people will feel a deep sense of peace, calmness, and love,
even when this experience was not a part of their stated intentions.

170

Techniques for Transmission

You may repeat this process as often as you'd like. | wish you much

joy and happiness as you move into full awakening and oneness

with the cosmos.

The Forgiveness Meditation/Prayer

Forgiveness helps to open the door to freedom, harmony, and

peace by rewriting the scripts of the past. We are all expressions

of a unique soul journey that crosses many dimensions and time-

lines. As such, we can we rewrite scripts related to trauma, war, old

debts, and karmic obligation.

These old energies greatly influence our collective future by keep-

ing old wounds alive. Through forgiveness, we bring light into the

dark and heal the past, thus changing our experience of the future.

Instead of continuing to replay old scripts, we can welcome new

energies, bathing our planet in love, harmony, and truth.

Nothing unreal can last, and nothing real can ever be destroyed.

As lightworkers, our thoughts, feelings, and attitudes contrib-

ute mightily to anchoring a new light on Earth. Like a lighthouse

shining its light so that sailors can find safe passage through the

storms, so, too, can we keep shining our light for others to find

their way home — whether we are aware of this service or not.

Forgiveness helps us take the shutters off the lighthouses within,

allowing this light to shine a little brighter, releasing wounds from

the past, cancelling old debts, and eradicating karmic patterns.

Instead of oppressing and fighting each other based on events or

teachings from the past, we can start anew in present time, choos-

ing what worlds we wish to create from a place of love, integrity,

and dignity.

Call on the Ilahinoor field and offer forgiveness to yourself and

others for whatever wrongs — real or imagined — we may have

done to others, or may have been done unto us from others. | have

devised the following prayer to start things off:

171

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

On behalf of my soul’s journey through all time and space

on all levels and dimensions... both seen and unseen...

known and unknown

If | have caused any hurt or pain, be it real or imagined,

purposeful or accidental, | apologize and seek forgiveness.

And, if anyone else on their soul’s journey

through all time and space

on all levels and dimensions... both seen and unseen...

known and unknown

has caused any hurt or pain, be it real or imagined,

purposeful or accidental,

All is forgiven and all is released.

At the Soul level, all contracts are complete,

all debts have been paid

and all Karma is balanced.

As we accept and embrace the Joy and Enlightenment

that is unfolding upon the planet at this time,

We ask the Divine Presence to bring Divine Grace

into this area of our lives...

Hahinoor Illahinoor llahinoor

172

A Grandmaster’s Story
chapter 29

A Grandmaster’s Story

by Peter Herriger

Peter is a grandmaster in the Pit Kune Do tradition, and main-

tains an academy for teaching self-defense and close-quarter

combat systems. He has also been working extensively in the

field of energy medicine. Peter and his wife, Sophia, live in Lud-

wigsburg, Germany, and can be reached through Ilahinoor4you.

com and [Link].

| first met Kiara about five years ago at one of his lectures in

Stuttgart, Germany. He spoke about the evolution of Earth and

humanity with a simplicity and conviction that touched me. As

he spoke about Ilahinoor, | felt an energy in the room that rippled

through my whole organism and subtle bodies. My perceptions

felt more expanded, and | could feel my energy centers respond-

ing to an inner light, which convinced me that something pro-

found was happening.

For over thirty-five years, | have been involved in martial arts as

well as different healing systems and meditation practices. | have

been studying psychology and esoteric wisdom for many years.

| hold the titles of Grandmaster and Professor in martial arts and

psycho-physiology. | have studied shamanism and trained my

body to survive in wilderness situations. | have studied nutrition

and preventive health systems. All this has served my health, culti-

vated my life energy, and helped me to advise others.

Kiara’s methods for expanding consciousness, his ability to con-

vey this message, and his energy frequency resonated with me. |

liked his philosophy of sharing Ilahinoor generously so that many

173

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

humans could enjoy its healing benefits and participate in the col-

lective awakening of consciousness. | liked the idea of having a

tool, a spiritual vehicle, that enabled us to connect with cosmic

energy fields for the greatest possible benefits — so that we could

transform our nature from human to divine.

My partner, Sophia, and | decided to attend his weekend seminar.

We learned to practice Ilahinoor with each other, along with sha-

manic breath work and Sufi dancing. We experienced a loving,

feminine, gentle energy that permeated all our cell structures as

well as the subtle bodies. It created feelings of oneness and be-

ing connected with everything. This feeling accompanied each

participant and endured even after the seminar ended.

Sophia and | continued practicing the Ilahinoor techniques af-

ter this weekend. Kiara had told us these tools were useful for

self-healing, and for cleansing the body and mind of addictions

and negativity. He was right. They were easy to apply, and a few

minutes of daily practice gave us wonderful experiences of this

powerful energetic work.

Later, | attended a five-day retreat with Kiara. | had no special

expectations, but was curious about what | would experience.

Most of the participants at the retreat were also healing arts pro-

fessionals. Kiara’s teachings and the treatments we practiced on

each other worked very deeply on mental, emotional, and physi-

ological layers. | had uncountable visions of past life experiences

and encounters with my shamanic guides. From time to time,

| felt like my body was cooking from the intensity of the ener-

gies passing through it. Various parapsychological phenomena

were happening, but without painful physical symptoms. | found

| could watch the whole process with a kind of humorous detach-

ment as my body went through all kinds of spectacular reactions.

174

A Grandmaster’s Story

A quintessential moment of awakening occurred when | real-

ized that the individual self does not exist. This cosmic joke, an

indescribable, incomprehensible paradoxical self-realization had

revealed itself to me. | was pure awareness, a universal conscious-

ness that could not be identified with any physical reality in time

and space. | can confirm that illumination indeed happens in one

instant of recognition. The conception of the old self had died and

a new perception of reality was introduced into my consciousness.

| understood that maintaining and cultivating the awareness of

this creative consciousness, which was accompanied by an inner

peace and silence, would require life-long, loving care. Something

pure and natural that had always deeply been a part of me had

been reborn. We all carry IT in us from birth. To recognize this

truth was for me an experience that burst all the conceptions |

had known in philosophical writings of world religions and philos-

ophies, because the process of awakening has nothing to do with

our intellect. It is a pure biological, human process of development

soaked in divine grace, light, and love.

The following remarkable episode describes a further experience

of the Ilahinoor field, which took place after several years of inte-

gration. | was taking my usual after-lunch nap with my cat, Lucas,

when suddenly and unexpectedly | found myself in Egypt, amongst

the pyramids, immersed in Ilahinoor rays of light.

| was lying on the couch with my eyes closed and hands resting

on the belly to help my digestion when Lucas came and settled

down on my chest. | was dozing along, not really thinking about

anything in particular. Suddenly, a vision appeared before my third

eye. | was standing between three enormous pyramids. Above

me was a point where the energies of the pyramids were focused

together. The Sun was just above the horizon to the left of me.

| heard an enormous roar above me. As | looked up, three rays

175

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

of light were coming from the pyramids around me, meeting to-

gether and splitting into two directions, one downward and one

upward. Out of this bastion of light, a bright current flowed into

my chest and filled my body. Simultaneously, a flash of lightening

penetrated my chest, expanding my heart chakra, and spreading

to the rest of my body.

At that very second, my tomcat jumped as quick as a flash from

my chest and leaped off to the side. All his hair was standing on

end, which made him appear oversized. Astonished, we looked at

each other. His questioning eyes stared at me from a safe distance.

Then, | closed my eyes again, wishing to go back to the scene

of the pyramids; however, the visual experience among the pyr-

amids was over. Only the immense energy of these light rays,

brighter and more radiant than any sunbeam, was still clearly
perceivable. It filled my entire body and beyond. | felt waves and

waves of expansion and needed a good thirty minutes to calm

down. Breathing deeply helped my nervous system adapt to

these subtle light frequencies.

| needed a few days to digest this intensive adventure. | am infi-

nitely grateful for this spiritual highlight! It was, for me, convincing

living proof that an age-old, preserved consciousness and light

field, which is active on the Giza plateau in Egypt, exists. It also

confirmed that |, personally, have a connection to the world-wide

pyramid culture and its energy field, which | had fostered for years.

The vision leading up to the energy transfer took some minutes.

The light contact afterward was short, but enormous amounts of

information, bundled in rays of light, flowed in through my body

and spirit, where they are stored.

| have so far had extremely positive experiences with the Ilahi-

noor field. The more this energy flows, the more it uncovers light

codes within the cells, allowing a deeper rejuvenation to take

176

A Grandmaster’s Story

place. Friends who have known me for decades are surprised at

how little | seem to have aged. When the physical body connects
with the light body, a divine ascent starts to happen. | feel young,

happy, dynamic, and joyful. Inside | feel calm, centered, and bal-

anced — tranquility in motion!

| guess we could call this youth research. Interestingly, because of

this light experience, my former urge to follow the mystic call and

plan a longer journey to Egypt isn’t as strong anymore. This expe-

rience was most certainly a key moment in my spiritual journey.

| find that whether | am treating myself, someone else, or giving

llahinoor over a distance, Ilahinoor flows through my organism,

reaches the recipient and goes to where it is most needed. If no

special intention is expressed before beginning, the physical intel-

ligence directs the energy flow. As | review the last five years dur-

ing which | have been working with the Ilahinoor field, | realize that

several abilities and latent talents have come to light and further

developed.

After practicing llahinoor regularly for a while, this light fre-

quency has become second nature and appears whenever it is

needed. Once we have activated ourselves as a channel — letting

the energy flow through us — an internal light fills our heart and

physical being. Each time we connect with the field, even just

thinking of Ilahinoor, it enhances our ability to trust in divine guid-

ance. | am learning to think with my heart and feel with my intellect.

Harmony, peace, love, understanding, intuition, introspection, and

mindfulness have become steady companions on my journey.

There is not an area of our lives where we do not feel protected by

the Ilahinoor field. Here are a few examples:

We live in an area of Germany that is often very stormy. Between

the years 2000 and 2005, the neighbourhood we moved into was

T77

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

regularly flooded and basements had to be pumped dry. After

moving to our block in 2006, my wife and | applied a ritual that we

call the /lahinoor Pyramid. Since then not just our house but also

those of the neighbours have been protected from flooding, even

though we often read in the morning’s local newspaper that dam-

age was done by storms in the vicinity.

Many times while driving long distances, | have also felt the pro-

tection and guidance of llahinoor. My attention span is much

greater and my intuition keener. | always arrive at my destination

with ease, and without uncomfortable incidents, even if things do

not go according to plan. A pattern of Ilahinoor intervention has

often revealed itself. When driving, | have sudden impulses to re-

act in a way | had not planned. This response often happens when

potential danger, traffic jams, or other obstacles are ahead.

Using llahinoor in our healing practice has been very beneficial.

We work with a variety of holistic healing methods, combining

llahinoor, meditation, movement, and manual therapies. By us-

ing llahinoor in this way, we have obtained better results with

our treatments. Many people find relief from physical pain, motor

disorders, joint problems, paralysis, and posture problems. The

llahinoor treatment of the spine is especially effective.

Of course our nutrition plays an extremely important role in health

prevention. Before eating, we energize and bless all food with Ila-

hinoor divine energy and grace. We let the light energy simply

flow from our palms, transferring it to our food. In addition, one

can speak a prayer, sing a song, make a positive affirmation, or

express an intention for a specific healing purpose.

My wife and | have five cats. They all love and enjoy receiving

llahinoor transmissions from us. One day, our cat Lucas experi-

enced kidney failure, which is common for cats his age. The vet

178

A Grandmaster’s Story

had given him a few hours to live. For three days, we gave him
an infusion with vitamins and minerals, because he refused to eat

and had lost so much weight, while treating him several times a

day with lIlahinoor. He recovered, and would afterward come for

an llahinoor session on his own whenever he felt the need for it.

Animals also respond well to remote treatments with Ilahinoor.

llahinoor treatments on the joints and the spinal column help my

Kung Fu students develop greater flexibility and coordination. |

personally use these treatments as | lie in bed each morning, ener-

getically and physically connecting the joints and skeletal system.

Morning stiffness disappears, and injuries heal quickly.

| include Ilahinoor when | teach Kung Fu to children. They are very

enthusiastic and easily feel the energy. Parents confirm that their

children are always more balanced on the days we practice lla-

hinoor, and it seems to help them in the rest of their schoolwork

as well. These are the only lessons during which the children are

totally concentrated. The whale music that | use to accompany

these lessons seems to have a calming effect on them as well.

Sophie and | feel so guided and blessed by Ilahinoor. We feel a

deep gratitude for this divine blessing, and are honoured to serve

Earth, humanity, and our collective awakening in this way. We

thank Kiara for his untiring enthusiasm and love, and for allowing

himself to be a doorway in this evolutionary process.

179
ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 30

Enlightenment and

Burnout

by Sophia Hildebrand

Sophia lives with her husband, Peter, and daughter, Alexandra,

near Ludwigsburg, Germany, and can be reached at p-k-d@t-

[Link]

Let me shortly describe my own spiritual development before |

came to know Kiara and Ilahinoor. As a child, | had the ability, as

many children do, to discern spirits, and had a natural talent for

being clairvoyant. My parents were quite distressed when | talked

about my experiences and dismissed them as nonsense. So | kept

everything to myself.

For many years, | suppressed these abilities, until | traveled with

a friend to Italy, where | had two special experiences. The first ex-

perience took place during a tour of Pompeii. Suddenly, | found

myself, as if in a film, in the city as it was 2,000 years before. Not

only was | in this ancient city, but | could also see the people who

lived there at that time. When | got home, | did some research and

was able to verify that what | had seen was accurate. The second

experience was on the island of Capri, where again, in the middle

of the day, | experienced myself as a priestess who was thrown off

a cliff. Afterward, | could not walk for two hours.

These experiences motivated me to rediscover my long-forgotten

abilities. My interest in shamanism grew. | had always felt a strong

connection to indigenous people. | also knew that there was more

between heaven and Earth than meets the eye. When my husband,

Peter, came into my life twenty years ago, we began a new spiritual

180

Enlightenment and Burnout

journey together. We lived almost two years in northern Greece

where we established Kung Fu schools. We trained in cluster medi-

cine, which is a complementary holistic diagnosis and therapy

method. We read a lot of spiritual and esoteric literature, experi-

mented with out-of-body experiences, and visited many shamans

and teachers. We were particularly interested in the advaita teach-

ings focused on enlightenment and nonduality.

| met Kiara in 2006, and since then have taken many seminars with
him. Each experience was different; they have opened up a pro-

found path of discovery and healing for me, including healing from

alcoholism. | am delighted to say that | have not touched alcohol

nor even felt the need for it for over four years now.

Since | started working with llahinoor | have became closely con-

nected with the whales and the dolphins. They live in my heart,

communicate with me, answer my questions, share with me how

they are feeling, and tell me about the changes that will take place

on Earth.

What happens with us when we become a channel for Ilahinoor

energy? First and foremost, this experience opens our hearts. It

connects our bodies with our spirit and souls. The more often we

work with the energy, the more we are connected with the Ilahi-

noor field. For me it is enough just to think about Ilahinoor and the

energy is there. | AM the energy! It brings forth latent abilities and

strengthens individual gifts. After working with Ilahinoor for five

years now, Ilahinoor has blessed me in many ways. Some of them

are listed below.

- An ancient knowledge of healing and shamanic skills has

manifested.

- My natural talent for clairvoyance has developed.

- When healing with my hands, | can visualize where the en-

ergy is blocked in the body and understand which level of the

soul is involved.

181

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

- | find myself able to merge simply with nature, water, trees,

leaves, clouds.

- | have taken wonderful journeys to other dimensions.

- When totally connected with the Ilahinoor field, | receive

messages from shamans or spirit beings about future events.

| can communicate with them and my questions are an-

swered. | combine Ilahinoor with different kinds of methods

of healing, but also in the activities of daily life. It has helped

me become aware of my shadows, and also to release them.

| am neither afraid to go into these shadow places anymore

nor to go into the depths of my soul.

Being a channel for Ilahinoor makes it easier to access other en-

ergy fields as well — as | discovered at one of Kiara’s seminars in

Switzerland. One day, a massive ray of white light entered into me

through the crown chakra and passed through my spinal column. |

identified this light as an energy field from Sirius. Since then I have

been working with both of these light fields, and one or both of

these energies might come through in a healing session, depend-

ing on what is needed.

One day, | had the following extraordinary experience of awaken-

ing. | was on my way to a lovely spot in nature where | go to re-

plenish my energy. | was feeling totally one with Mother Earth and

the cosmos. | connected myself with the energy field of Ilahinoor

and Sirius. | asked them to show me what enlightenment is. | got

the answer already on the way back to the car. | didn’t expect it

so soon! While | was walking, a window opened in my mind and

everything was quiet all of a sudden.

There was no thought, no identification with a me, no fear, no emo-

tions, no evaluations, just pure awareness and absolute stillness.

| have no idea how long this experience lasted because | had no

feeling for time or space. Then | understood that thought, identifi-

cation, fears, evaluations, and so forth existed only in the duality. |

182

Enlightenment and Burnout

felt bliss; | was absolutely free, blessed with an all-comprehensive

love. The tears ran down my cheeks with joy. | laughed and danced!

| just could not believe how simple everything was! How can | find
the right words to describe this experience? It is glorious to feel

so connected with everything. It changed me and the quality of

my life. When | got to my car (I can’t remember how | got there), |

could not move. | was in a completely different mode of being. Af-

ter a while, | could move again and drove home. Well, actually the

car was driven home with me in it. That is how it felt! Once at home,

| ran around constantly crying out, “I can’t believe this, everything

is so simple!” | knew intuitively, without needing a confirmation

by someone else, that this event was an experience of awaken-

ing. For ten weeks, | remained in this wonderful state. | recognized

also that awakening means being constantly aware of myself and

that it would take a steady effort to integrate and cultivate this

consciousness.

Two weeks after this experience, my daughter became seriously ill.

She experienced a total collapse of body, mind, and soul, accom-

panied by nausea, dizziness, cramping, and trouble breathing. She

was eventually diagnosed with a bad case of burnout syndrome.

My awakening has been an incredible source of support, helping

me and my daughter deal with this situation.

For two months, she was bed-ridden with violent pains in her spine,

bones, inner organs, muscles, and skin. She was treated medically,

given pharmaceutical medicines and infusions, but nothing helped.

Her complaints even worsened. At some point, she was diagnosed

with burnout, which led her to psychologists and behavioral thera-

pists. Further prescriptions of allopathic drugs just aggravated her

condition. She stopped all medications.

During these weeks, the only thing that helped her was when | gave

her energy transmissions. | have no idea how often we worked in

this way. Whenever she had a depressive episode, day or night, we

183

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

worked with the light fields of Ilahinoor and Sirius. It was the only

thing that could relieve her pain and relax her enough so that she

could fall asleep. Every time she was overcome by panic or pain,

| would first softly stroke the physical and subtle bodies, which

cooled down areas of the body that were overheated.

Afterwards, | would do an energy transmission, letting light and love

flow down through the crown chakra, along with some grounding

exercises. Massage helped, and | found I could also stimulate the in-

ternal organs with light energy. | developed a new way of working

with the spine using subtle vibrations, which was also very useful.

Sometimes mental and physical blockages dissolved immediately;

other times, the healing took place slowly and quietly. Sometimes

a complaint would intensify and then suddenly dissolve. We could

tell the energy treatments were helping because we recognized a

positive change in her attitude and behavior. In some parts of her

body, the pain fully disappeared.

During the last two months, we have seen definite improvement

in our daughter’s health. The fear comes less often and less inten-

sively. Her psychosomatic complaints are much better as well. After

searching for months, we have also found a health center that treats

burnout with holistic healing methods. We are very confident that

the roughest part of her journey is over and that Alexandra will

soon be healthy enough to master her life again independently. She

has developed a deep sense of her own spirituality during these

long and difficult weeks, and it has been very impressive to see how

clearly her latent psychic abilities are beginning to manifest.

We are all connected to each other. Our hopes, desires, thoughts,

feelings, and knowledge all flow into one cosmic river that holds us

all. Everything is a dream that can be changed and be transformed

at any moment. We can bring light and love into this great cosmic

river, to share and pass on to others. May each of you be embraced

and blessed by the divine grace of these cosmic energy fields!

184

My Discovery of Ilahinoor

chapter 31

My Discovery
of llahinoor

by Sean Copping-Rice

Sean is a healer and channel living in Cape Town, South Africa. He

has created a facebook group, LoveOneness, and can be reached

at ilahinoorlight@[Link].

llahinoor, Divine Light. This amazing and peaceful energy came to

me by the grace of the divine over a series of experiences. Having

opened myself to the Deeksha phenomenon, which acted as the

first doorway, my consciousness shifted just enough for the Guides

and Angels to introduce me to this powerful Light.

The Light first came to me in a meditation at my home, where |

found myself standing up, eyes open, in awe of a most beautiful

vortex of golden light that had manifested before me. It looked like

sparks swirling in an ever-growing spiral of cosmic fire. | thought it

was the Deeksha energy at the time.

It happened to me again in my meditation circle. We did a

meditation with Lord Ashtar and Mother Earth, in which we were

invoking Divine Light into the Earth, and | saw the Earth turn into

a massive golden orb of fire that had the same golden sparks em-

anating from it. | felt the Light move instantly into my heart; again,

we thought it was Deeksha, as it was our intention at the time.

Later, after our Circles instructor, Maia, went to India to attend the

then twenty-one-day Deeksha process, she was approached by

Ashtar again to bring this energy to the Circle. We did a three-

month process, receiving Deeksha each week and working with

the teachings we were given. We stopped eating meat so as to

185

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

raise our vibrations. One day, Archangel Michael stood before me

during a Deeksha blessing session and told me to stand up and

give the blessing. Other Deeksha givers were there from outside

our circle that day and they knew I was not a Deeksha giver.

| said to Michael, “No, | can’t, what will the Deeksha givers think if |

just stand up and start giving Deeksha, | haven’t been to India to do

the process.” Michael said firmly, “Stand Up! It’s only your fear that

is holding you back.” At that point, my hands started to burn as if

on fire and it was incredibly uncomfortable. | knew that in order to

stop it, | had to stand.

So | did. | stood up and placed my hands on the person next to me.

A rush moved through me. | moved from one person to the next,

and the energy seemed to get stronger and stronger. At the end,
one of the Deeksha givers asked what had happened and why |

had stood up. So | explained to her what Michael had said. One of

the persons receiving the energy said that she saw a golden man

standing before her and that the energy she had felt was amazing.

Shortly afterward, we went on a three-day retreat to ground the

energy, as Ashtar had instructed. Our Circles instructor, Maia, de-

cided not to give any Deeksha that weekend so as not to interfere

with the energy we were giving. | started sharing the blessing,

and others there started getting up spontaneously and sharing

the energy.

It was one of the most amazing experiences | think I’ve ever had.

| completely transformed into the Archangel Gabriel the whole

time | was there. Archangel Michael, Ashtar, and other guides

were also with us through the process. The energy was so strong

that pure white feathers manifested all over the room during the

next three days.

One experience in particular was when Gabriel gave the blessing

through me. | felt my center of gravity shift as | became completely

186

My Discovery of Ilahinoor
female. | could see her toes, feel her pure white flowing dress, feel

her wings. It was as though my own body did not exist and | was

experiencing myself as Gabriel. As the Blessing was given, Gabri-

el folded her wings around the lady that was receiving, and then

suddenly flung them open wide and a massive light shone out.

The lady receiving the energy started to shake as her Kundalini

activated. At the end of the session, as we were leaving the room,

| noticed that a perfect pure white feather stuck to her dress close

to her shoulder. | don’t believe in coincidences, so | believe this

feather was a manifestation of that experience.

Upon returning to our normal weekly circle, we started some chan-

nelings to see if this experience was really the Deeksha energy with

which we had connected. In these channelings, we were told that

it was not Deeksha but a new energy and, at the same time, a very

old energy originating in Africa. We were confused. We asked what

it was called but the Guides simply said, “Do not put this energy

into a box, it is simply grace, it has no name.” We insisted that for

practical purposes we get a name for the energy, so the Guides

said to call it Divine Grace and left it at that.

The very next day, as | sat on my computer, | mistyped a word in

the google search engine and Kiara’s website /Iahinoornet came

up. The word compelled me to it. | started reading the website and

as | saw the word //lahinoor | heard the voice of Archangel Gabriel

say, “This is what you can call it, this is what it is!” | felt waves of

excitement move through me and a sudden deep connection and

resonance.

Ever since then, the energy has deepened in me. | have since also

become a Deeksha giver and a Sai Maa Diksha Trainer, but this

vibration holds a special place in my heart. | feel that my recent

attraction to Sai Maa Diksha is because the form of Diksha that

Sai Maa has blessed to the world is somehow linked to Ilahinoor.

| feel Ilahinoor in the Diksha, almost as though knowingly or

187

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

unknowingly Sai Maa has merged this grace with the form of grace

of her own lineage to bring a powerful transmission to us at this

time. Archangel Gabriel had told me that Ilahinoor is birthed from

the womb of the Divine Mother. Maa is also a manifestation of the

Divine Mother. Is this why | feel the link?

Ultimately all forms of Divine Light are the same. But | do expe-

rience subtle differences. The vast tranquility and soft soothing

motherly love of llahinoor is by far my favorite experience of Divine

Light and the one closest to my heart.

| would like to share next a transmission from Archangel Gabriel on

llahinoor:

Greetings Beloveds, | Am the Archangel Gabriel.

Hahinoor, llahinoor, llahinoor, this amazing word acts as a

gateway to the vibration that is llahinoor. This supreme grace is the

vibration that is here at this time to bring great changes into the

world and to the universe. We, the Archangels, Angels, Ascended

Masters, and Cosmic Beings are blessed to be the Guides for this

divine gift in the world, and all who openly wish to connect with this

energy will receive its blessings.

It is our hope to generate a momentum for this process so

that the race of humanity can shift from human to divine. Illahi-

noor is that tool given to humanity in order to ensure that this shift

takes place. Beloved ones, you are the vehicles that will transform

your world and the universe to the next level of existence. As your

Guides, we speak to you now from a higher point of view to guide

you into a place where you will no longer need us. We are integrat-

ing with you on every level now. We are One.

The grace of llahinoor is the power of Oneness manifesting

within you. It works in your consciousness as well as within your

bodies, starting with the brain and heart centers. You see, the uni-

versal mind is One with the universal heart and it is the same in you.

You will come to realize this; the field of ilahinoor will awaken this

188
My Discovery of Ilahinoor

understanding within you. You already know this on a cellular level

but Ilahinoor will awaken this cellualr memory in a graceful, loving

way that is not something that needs to happen, but rather some-

thing that is to be remembered. Ilahinoor will give you remem-

brance in a graceful loving way that is not a huge shock to you.

At that point, your DNA will begin to mutate, transforming

your body into a pure undense light. This experience is called as-

cension, which many believe will occur on the 21st of December

2012. But we say that this event is only a half-way point, a tipping

point between the old and the new. The ancient structures of the

ego will dissolve rapidly. For those unaware, this event could be

extremely unnerving and even frightening; it is the responsibility of

the awakened ones to comfort and guide them to the light.

Already on Earth, many awakened ones are working in differ-

ent ways, and by 2012 a vast number of humans will be awakened.

But this moment is only the beginning. The work is not done; in

fact, it has just started. The real work begins after the Shift, when

the masses must be brought out of fear and into the light, and then

into the reality of love.

Beloveds, we do not wish to change anything about yourself

or your beliefs. We only wish for you to move into that place of

boundless joy, peace, bliss, and love that you already are. llahinoor

is a vehicle of Grace that will open you to the remembrance of your

true self, the Great | AM.

Continue your journey wherever it takes you, but bring into

your lives the Love and Light of the Supreme. The transformation

will happen first on deeper levels, where you may not even notice

it, but bit by bit the light will emerge, and the more it emerges,

the faster the outer transformations will take place. Follow your

truth. We say that Ilahinoor is a gateway, but if that term feels

foreign to you, then we say drop it. Call it Divine Light, Divine

Grace, Christ Light, Buddha Light, or Cosmic Love. These are only

names, and all names are simply a shadow of the Great One, the

Self, the Unified Light.

189

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

Bring this Light into every moment of every day, until you be-

come this light. Then your life begins. You will become like a child,

always discovering, always curious, filled with excitement at the

wonder of life, filled to the brim with overflowing joy, experiencing

the deepest peace that has no end. This experience is what you call

awakening, or enlightenment. Drink deep the glory of God, sinking

deeper and deeper into the vast depths of the cosmic ocean. How

can you experience fear in this place? What problems could pos-

sibly arise? All is sacred, all is bliss.

| AM the Archangel! Gabriel. llahinoor llahinoor Ilahinoor.

The Ilahinoor Activation

This process came together for me as one means of connecting

more deeply with the Ilahinoor field. It is constantly evolving as |

evolve — and as | receive feedback from others with whom | work.

Take whatever works for you, leave out what doesn’t, and feel free

to add your own techniques. Beyond any techniques, please re-

member that the Grace of Ilahinoor does the work.

The llahinoor field is very easy to connect with and to work with.

If this is your first time, | would recommend giving yourself several

hours to connect with the energy and let it move inside you. Cre-

ating a space is important; perhaps create an altar with pictures,

flowers, and other sacred objects that bring you into connection

with the Divine. If you are doing this practice in a group, perhaps

each person can bring something that represents the sacred for

them, and create an altar in the center of the circle. Play relaxing

music and burn some incense if you wish.

Offer up an opening prayer using your own words — whatever feels

right. Decide as a group what you will be doing during the trans-

missions. To create a strong connection with the energy, chant Ila-

hinoor (EE LAH’ HEE NOOR) like a mantra. | would recommend

that in order to deepen and anchor the energy, everyone receives

190

My Discovery of Ilahinoor

and gives at least three Ilahinoor transmissions. It builds people’s

confidence in themselves if they are each willing to give as well as

to receive. If you are alone, simply give yourself a transmission.

Invoke the divine to work through you: “Divine Presence, may my

hands be your hands, my healing be your healing power, my heart

be your heart, and my body be a vehicle for your Grace.”

Then, visualize a bright golden light descending through the top

of your head, moving down into your heart center, and down your

arms into your hands. Wait a few seconds for the energy to flow

into your hands, and then start giving the transmission to the re-

cipient. Allow the energy to determine how long to stay in one

place before moving on to the next position.

Afterward, share your experiences with the circle, and offer a

prayer of gratitude before closing.

You may share this content and process with others. This energy

is freely given, and should be freely passed on. It is a gift of Grace.

Deepening into Grace Process

This process will take you quickly and directly to the essence. Each

step is a meditation in its own right and can be done separately or

all together. It is useful as a daily meditation but you can practice

this process as often as you like.

Prelude

Sit comfortably with your spine erect. Close your eyes and focus

on the sounds around you. With yourself as the center, listen for

sounds around you, as though all of the sounds are coming toward

you.

Then, gently bring your focus to your nostrils and focus on the

air moving in and out. Pay special attention to the space between

each breath, keeping your breath deep and rhythmic.

191

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

Notice any thoughts that might pop up, acknowledge them and let

them pass through. Continue for approximately five or ten minutes.

Part 1: Self-Inquiry for Contemplation

Hold the following questions in your mind. It is not necessary to

find an answer. If answers arise, simply go back to the question.

Hold each question until it feels right to move on. If the mind gets

busy, move to the next question.

e Is this body mine? Am | sure it is?

e Are these thoughts mine? Am I sure they are?

e — Is this mind mine? Can | know this for sure?

e Is this person who | am? Is the personality just a concept?

e Am I more than what | have been conditioned into believing?

e Whoam I?

Part 2: Power Affirmations

Make each of these affirmations three times. Start the first affirma-

tion with a focus on the root chakra, and move up the chakras with

each new affirmation. The final affirmation unifies all chakras within

the Golden Heart. The | AM statements in this section refer to the |

AM that is the Divine Self.

e | AM Life. Yes, | AM

e | AM Abundance, Wealth, and Prosperity. Yes, | AM

e | AM All Power, Strong, and Graceful. Yes, | AM

e | AM Healthy, Vibrant, and Harmonious. Yes, | AM

e | AM Divine Will in Action. Yes, | AM

e | AM Absolute, Aware, and Alert. Yes, | AM

e | AM Existence, Consciousness, and Bliss. Yes, | AM

e | AM Love. Yes, | AM

Part 3: Empower the Affirmations with Ilahinoor

and the Violet Flame

This section combines two of the most powerful vibrations and en-

ergies at this time, the Violet Consuming Flame brought to us by

192

My Discovery of Ilahinoor

the Ascended Master Saint Germain and the tranquil yet powerful

Golden Ilahinoor Grace.

The Violet Flame is the divine alchemical power that transmutes

and transforms all the earthly karma we have created and that is

held within our personal as well as collective human consciousness

at this time. You can bring the Violet Fire into any situation or any

emotion, problem, or challenge and change it. The Violet Fire is

very effective when combined with power affirmations.

The Golden Ilahinoor Grace will enlighten your consciousness and

assist in embodying the Higher Self into daily consciousness, rais-

ing us out of the conditioned thinking mind into Oneness.

e Invoke The Divine or any Angels, Guides, Gurus, or Ascended

Masters that are sacred and dear to you.

e Visualize a Violet Flame entering into the crown of your head

and into the brain. If you wish, you can slowly move your atten-

tion through the pineal gland, pituitary gland, limbic system,

midbrain, and outer hemispheres, ultimately creating a deep

violet halo around your head and leaving your entire brain con-

sumed by the Violet Flame.

e Gradually move the Violet Flame into the entire body, working

through the central nervous system, and into each organ of

the body. Focus particularly on the heart, lungs, thymus, liver,

spleen, stomach, intestines, colon, bladder, kidney, and the re-

productive organs. Move into the blood, cells, tissue, bones,

and any problematic area. Ask it to move into and between

each atom and molecule.

e Then, move the Violet Flame into the subtle bodies (etheric

body, emotional body, and mental body) until the whole aura

is a consuming violet flame.

e See yourself ablaze with this sacred Violet Fire, as if you were

sitting in a deep violet consuming bonfire.

193

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

e Ask for it to transmute everything that no longer serves you

and to transform all lower frequency fear-based energy, such

as stuck habits, addictions, physical problems, insecurities, and

so forth into a higher vibrational, expanded state of Love and

Light.

e Then, invoke the golden liquid light of Ilahinoor. You may chant

llahinoor three times if you wish. Visualize this golden light

moving through the entire body just as you did earlier with the

consuming Violet Flame.

e Pick one cell, perhaps in your heart or in the pineal gland, and

call it your Mother Cell. Move the Ilahinoor light into the DNA/

RNA of this cell, then ask it to activate your original blueprint,

the multidimensional blueprint of your soul.

e Ask the Ilahinoor light to activate the power affirmations within

your consciousness, and within your heart, mind, and body.

e Energize it. See the Light getting brighter and brighter, until it

is blinding even to the inner eye, brighter than even the Sun.

You may consciously say the word Energize with conviction

three times.

e Activate it. Ask the Light to awaken you. You may consciously

say the word Activate with conviction three times.

e Anchor it. Become the Light. You may consciously say the

word Anchor with conviction three times. Affirm your identity

with the Sacred Fire: “I Am Light, Yes | AM.”

Once you have created this high vibrational space, you can go
through your life, choosing whatever you wish to manifest as an

expression of your soul destiny. Give each manifestation the indi-

vidual focus and attention it deserves, visualizing it as having al-

ready happened. What would your life look like if you were living

this NOW? Offer thanks and gratitude for this divine gift.

194

The Shaman’s Journey

chapter 32

The Shaman’s Journey

by Sophia Clemenceau

Sophia is a therapist and shamanic healer in the south of France,

and can be reached through her website, [Link].

It is the Spring of 2008, my first meeting with the ILAHINOOR

energy! Such beautiful and strong feelings! Sometimes | experi-

ence a state of grace, feeling so much in contact with the Source,

with the Heavens. Sometimes | contact aspects of my own mul-

tidimensionality. As | touch this energy, | understand very deeply

what it means to be connected with all forms of life, the spirits of

animals, trees, stones, and earth...

A few days after | finished Kiara’s seminar in France, | was leading

an Elders Lodge, and sharing this energy with people as we prayed

and meditated for four days and nights. One morning, as | did an

llahinoor session on myself, | entered a deep state of meditation.

Į am swimming with whales, | am a whale. I am singing with them,

their song is caressing my energy. | am breathing with them; we

are ONE with Mother Earth. We are breathing together, whales,

Mother Earth, and l.

The energy is circulating in my body and activating my DNA.

A snake arrives. Little by little, the whale is taking the form of a

big turtle. The snake is coiling up on her shell. As he uncoils, he

is standing up straight toward Heaven and I feel myself taken all

the way up. All this is happening very quickly. | am in a pyramid of

crystal and then on Mount Shasta. | meet a White Being; he has

a head-dress with flowers. | feel the Presence of Light Masters:

195

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

feminine vibrations on my left side and masculine vibrations on my

right side. | see a Door in front of me, and they invite me across. AS

/ cross, | find myself in a space of Pure Light, Pure Love. | see the

White Being ascending up to Heaven, along with a multitude of

other beings.

| feel myself totally immersed in a Love Bath. | am Love. Riv-

ers of happiness are running through me, and I feel so grateful

for the Grace of this Gift! My wings are unfurling. | am embrac-

ing Mother Earth and all her children. | radiate this Love Energy. |

know l am more than human, | know we are all more than human!

Most of the time we restrict ourselves, but when we open the

Mother Earth asks me to receive a healing session through the

llahinoor activation, so | ask a friend to do a session with me.

My connection with Mother Earth deepens. | get the feeling that

Mother Earth is receiving this session through my body. How is

this possible? | see that | am experiencing Mother Earth in my own

cells. | feel her suffering but also how strong she is, how much Love

she is sharing, and how determined she is in this time of big change!

She speaks through my voice. Her words are coming from very

far away. | have a big exhausting feeling, but she is not exhausted.

This feeling is the expression of the end of a cycle, she is saying.

She invites us to move with her. | feel how ready she is for this

time. The time is now.

Thank you Mother Earth, Iam so grateful to you, | love you so much!
| would say that with the Ilahinoor vibration, | have been able to

experience more of my multidimensionality. Little by little, | have

been integrating these aspects into my physical life. Connecting

with this morphogenetic field helps me in my sessions with clients

to connect with a deeper guidance and to assist in the healing

journey.

196

The Shaman’s Journey

| find that Ilahinoor can be easily combined with other tech-

niques. When I call on the Ilahinoor field, whatever | am doing is

quicker, more efficient, and more powerful! Whether doing ritu-

als, medicine wheel ceremonies, or shamanic dreaming, | notice

that participants are able to stop their minds and be more pres-

ent to their experience. In these times of rapid change, Ilahinoor

is a very precious Divine Gift!

If each of us could reintegrate our personal being, the Earth

would return to balance and peace. This realization is one of my

biggest wishes. | dedicate this work to all of my relatives, for the

next seven generations!

197

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 33

Manifesting the

Light Body

by Karin Batliner

Karin is a shamanic healer and also teaches at a primary school in

Switzerland. She is the mother of two children, and can be reached

at karinbatliner@[Link].

| met Kiara for the first time in March 2009 in Zurich, where he

had come directly from Egypt to give an introductory workshop.

The first time | received Ilahinoor and sensed the column of light

between my hands, | became as tall as a giant — several meters

tall. The back of my head was elongated and | didn’t feel like my

normal self. Several hours later, | was still walking around Zurich

with this feeling of being so tall, believing | had to duck whenever

| walked through a doorway.

The following night, | dreamt | was lying in a closed coffin. It was

dark and | couldn’t move because my body was embalmed. | re-

alized that | was lying in a sarcophagus and must be dead. This

experience scared me, and | woke up. This dream reoccurred many

times over until finally, after several months, my heart exploded in

the dream. | burst through the sarcophagus and was free. These

dreams were preparing me for what followed, and | was ready.

One morning in the autumn of 2009, | woke up, got out of bed,

and could only see bright light. Shortly after this experience, | lost

my sense of hearing and asked my daughter to call an ambulance.

Then, | couldn’t breathe. Fully conscious and with an indescribable

feeling of joy, | sat down in a chair in the living room and felt very

198

Manifesting the Light Body

alive, gigantic, and full of light. | was one with the Ilahinoor field

and wasn’t afraid, although | couldn’t breathe.

Twenty minutes later the ambulance arrived, and the paramedics

discovered that | had almost no blood pressure and that my heart

was beating only very slowly (like a “hibernating hedgehog”).

They gave me an injection of heart medication, after which | could

breathe and hear again, but my eyes continued to see only light.

It took an entire day before | could see the world normally again;

however, the feeling of endless joy and the sense of being taller

than normal remained with me for a long time.

On a retreat with Kiara in April 2010, | fell into this state again dur-

ing a meditation and landed once more in the sarcophagus. This

time Kiara was there and helped me go through the process. Sud-

denly, | sensed my light body and at the same time felt very light

in weight. The Ilahinoor field was strongly present and the sar-

cophagus lid started to become transparent — all the molecules

appeared as dancing lights — and | was able to penetrate the lid

with my light body.

Looking up, | saw my own column of light, visible through all di-

mensions, connecting me to the Source. This experience took

place shortly before Kiara returned to Egypt. It was clear to me

then that | had to go with him, and so | began looking forward to

actually lying in the sarcophagus in the Great Pyramid of Cheops.

But when | finally got there, | felt directed to lie on the floor in

the middle of the King’s Chamber and was led through a further

process by light beings. Thus, | missed the sarcophagus, but it no

longer seemed to be an issue.

These intensive experiences have a direct connection with my

life story. They have brought about unbelievable healing and

release from childhood traumas, where | had had several near-

death experiences related to suffocation. At that time my body

199

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

was regularly shaken by bad cases of bronchitis accompanied by

very high fever, and due to the constricted bronchia, | couldn’t

breathe. This panic in the face of shortness of breath has haunted

me my entire life. Now | am panic free.

Impact on my Life

On the physical level, I’ve become more stable. Earlier, | continually

confronted various kinds of physical ailments. Thanks to the treat-

ments | give myself daily, all these problems have disappeared. |

am seldom tired and can deal with the turbulent life of my family

much better. | am a very emotional person, and strong emotions

have often impaired my sense of well-being. Now | am very grate-

ful to have become more balanced and stable. Whenever | sense

that | am beginning to lose my balance, | immediately imagine my-

self in the column of light and feel the heaven-earth connection.

This feeling has been a great help to me.

Strong waves of energy often pulse through my body, usually at

night. When this occurs, | can’t sleep for hours, but in the morn-
ing I’m not tired. However, when this first started happening, | was

very dizzy until my brain adapted to the strong waves of energy.

My ability to make decisions is improving, and self-doubt, which

has followed me like a constant shadow, is dissolving. | feel

aligned with my soul and cradled in light. During this past year,

my life has changed completely; nothing is like it was before. For

many years, | had prayed for certain things to change, but | didn’t

have the courage to act. Now it is as though | have begun a new

life in my old body.

All this change has also set new processes into motion in my

personal environment. My children, friends, and relatives are all

being carried along by this wave. When | look back, | cannot ra-

tionally understand what has taken place, yet | am filled with so

much gratitude for this precious gift.

200

Manifesting the Light Body

The intensive transformation this past year has had a lot to do with

the fact that | give myself a treatment every morning. Through this

regular practice, the bridge from the subconscious to the higher

consciousness — to the soul — is always active, and a restructuring

of the brain functioning has taken place. This presence is very im-
portant to achieving a lasting effect when releasing old patterns.

So I'll continue to give myself an Ilahinoor treatment every morn-

ing, if only as a way to appreciate my body — and because it’s

good for me.

| love treating other people and often combine the Ilahinoor treat-

ment with crystals, voice, and shamanistic healing work. It has

been a smooth transition and | no longer feel any separation.

My Perception of the Ilahinoor Field

The morphogenetic field, Ilahinoor, is for me an energy of de-

velopment and growth. When | work with the Ilahinoor field, |

feel a strong heaven-earth connection and feel the energy flow

in both directions through my body. My connection with this field

helps me to manifest my soul’s potential in matter. Paradoxically,

it feels like | am on the way home. For me, being home means

ascension to my true being and, at the same time, descension

of the cosmic light into my body. It means merging the physical

body with the light body. All illusions of separation are removed,

the veil of forgetting is lifted, and the divine human can be born.

One day, l'Il be in full consciousness of what | always was and will

be; now | can only guess; however, something in me has always

known. This something drives me forward and has a vision of the

manifested light being who, in truth, | am.

For my entire life, | had the feeling of being a stranger here, of

not belonging. | love nature and animals, but | have been afraid of

people. It was as though | were an alien floating my way though

201

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

life just above the Earth. An undefined fear kept me from accept-

ing the Earth as my home. | loved leaving my body and longed for

the stars and paradise. During my youth, | was constantly ill and

tried to leave the Earth.

The Ilahinoor field and its currents of ascending and descending

energies have taken away my fear. Much joy in living on and with

the Earth and a deep love and respect for our great Mother Earth

can now unfold. | was never afraid of death but rather had great

fear of revealing the essence of my being. | preferred hiding with

my gifts and treasures for half a century in a cave; now, because |

feel supported and anchored in my column of light, | dare to open

these treasures without fear, feeling at one with the cosmic light.

Impact on my Work

Now | can travel through the dimensions in full consciousness,

without illness, and find my way back to my body alone, without

any help. | feel the connection to light beings as | had earlier in my

childhood and receive valuable teachings and information from

them. This connection is a wonderful and precious gift from the

llahinoor field.

It is essential that | actively enter into contact, again and again,

with the energy — while working, in conversations, on the phone,

and when writing and reading — so that every thought, feeling,

and action gradually comes to stand in the consciousness of the

heaven-earth relationship.

This manifestation, of course, demands a certain amount of dis-

cipline on my part. Old thought and behavior patterns continue

to reappear and block the flow of light. But I’ve noticed that rec-

ognizing the traps and getting out of the patterns has become

easier and faster. | have trained myself to immediately visualize

the column of light and anchor it in the Earth whenever | fall into

202

Manifesting the Light Body

a trap. Then | breathe in and out through the central canal in my

back and feel the heaven-earth connection. After this experience,

| can release the attachment to the old pattern.

Through the daily treatment | give myself, | gain the necessary

strength for the day and am grounded. | have developed a short

method for gathering and centering energy:

First, | make the connection between the unconscious and the

higher consciousness, the column of light, the connection with the

heart, and the little finger on the third eye, as usual.

Then, left hand on back of neck — right hand on left hip, right hand

on back of neck — left hand on right hip, both hands crossed on

hips.

At the same time, | visualize a pyramid pointing toward heaven

Then, left hand on tailbone — right hand on left shoulder, right

hand on tailbone — left hand on right shoulder, both hands crossed

on shoulders

At the same time, | visualize a pyramid pointing into the Earth.

Both pyramids together form a star.

Finally, | lay a hand (either left or right) on my solar plexus and

raise the other hand toward heaven, allowing light to flow into my

solar plexus. Then, | place my raised hand on my heart chakra and

connect the solar plexus with my heart.

This type of treatment also activates the Merkaba.

Being Grounded

I’ve gained important insight about the Ilahinoor field regarding

the subject of being grounded. For many years, therapists have

tried to make it clear to me that | needed to be more grounded.

203

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

They gave me every kind of advice possible to do so. But no mat-

ter how often | tried to sink my roots into the Earth, | seemed to

fail. Since I’ve been working with the Ilahinoor field, I’ve noticed

that | have to take another route in order to ground myself. My

way is via the Source. Now | start by opening my crown chakra

and asking for a connection between the Source and my soul. The

light first flows through my body and then | can anchor it in the

Earth. Then | am grounded.

The treatment with Ilahinoor is based on the idea of the column

of light anchored in the Earth. Also the Kundalini (which is awak-

ened during treatment by pointing the little finger at the third

eye) descends from the cosmic light and is then anchored in the

Earth, after which the Earth Kundalini begins to resonate and rise
upward. When both energies are in balance, the person experienc-

ing this is in harmony. | still lose my connection to the Source

in times of Earth turbulence, but | can restore the connection

with an Ilahinoor treatment, which is why I’ve become more sta-

ble physically, emotionally, and mentally.

Even as a child, the Bible verse “My kingdom is not of this world”!

had already made a deep impression on me and protected me;

now, | feel it is so. | am in this world but not of this world. | am a

cosmic being in resonance with Earth. From this perspective, | feel

fully connected to my Source, which enables me to enter the Earth

plane without sinking in the earthly mud. My fear is gone. It’s as

though I’ve plugged my lamp into an electric current so that my

light can freely shine on Earth.

Hahinoor and my Dog

Not long ago my dog, Chandra, dug a few nonfood items out of

the garbage and gulped them down, which created a block in her

intestines. She stopped eating and drinking and finally | had to

204

Manifesting the Light Body

take her to the animal clinic. After looking at the x-rays, the team

of vets wanted to operate right away. But because she was com-

pletely dehydrated, she needed an infusion first, and the surgery

had to be postponed until early the next morning. | phoned three

other women who are Ilahinoor practitioners, and that evening the

four of us sent Ilahinoor to Chandra.

The surgery was cancelled the following morning, and the vets be-

gan talking about a miracle. The clumps had moved down closer

to her lower intestine and Chandra was eating again. | was able

to bring her home and a day later the clumps were completely

passed out. None of the vets could understand how a blockage

like this could resolve itself without their help!

205

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 34

Attuning to All Life

by Janice Geiser
Born in California, Janice is a translator and teaches English in Aarau,

Switzerland. She can be reached at [Link]@[Link].

—0

First Experiences

| was introduced to llahinoor in March 2009 by my close friend

Karin Batliner, shortly after she had attended her first workshop

with Kiara in Zurich, Switzerland. She was very excited about this

new energy and what she had experienced in Zurich and was ea-

ger to share it with me.

| had practiced Reiki several years before, so | expected some-

thing similar. She gave me the Basic Treatment and, although |

was definitely open to it, | was a little disappointed. | didn’t feel

any heat or tingling, and because my eyes were closed, | wasn’t

always aware of what she was doing. The treatment was relaxing

and pleasant, but | wasn’t sure it had any other effect.

Karin continued to treat me over the next few months, giving

me the Basic Treatment whenever we got together. Eventually, |

became more sensitive to the energy, which behaved differently

from Reiki and could not be anticipated. | became convinced that

llahinoor was truly having an effect when | began noticing that |

was making decisions and following through on them much faster

than normal.

A very mundane idea brought this realization home to me. One

morning, | noticed a watch | had inherited lying in my closet. | used

to enjoy wearing it but hadn’t worn it in years. Suddenly the idea

of buying a new watchband, but a different color, popped into my

206

Attuning to All Life

mind. It would be like having a brand-new watch! | felt happy as |

imagined wearing it again.

The next afternoon | went into town. My first stop was the watch

counter at a department store. | intended to just look at their

watchband selection and see if anything appealed to me, but to

my surprise | left about fifteen minutes later with a new watchband

and my “brand-new” old watch! Before Ilahinoor, | would have rec-

ognized this kind of “nonessential” idea as good, but might not

have acted on it for months — or even years! | am very pleased to

report that this was not just a one-time event in my life; I’m now

following through on new ideas and decisions much faster than

before Ilahinoor.
Distance Ilahinoor

From March until summer 2009, Karin attended every workshop

she could, learning as much about Ilahinoor as possible without

losing her teaching job. Early in July, she organized the first of two

training workshops for her friends. It was exciting for all of us at-

tending to finally learn how to give the Basic Treatment. We went

home and started treating family members, friends, pets, and our-

selves. The timing was perfect for me. | had a couple of weeks to

practice before | got the news that one of my sisters in California

had been involved in a freak accident, resulting in a badly broken

leg. She was scheduled for surgery and wouldn't be able to return

to her apartment for several months.

Fortunately, Karin had instructed me on how to send distance lIla-

hinoor, which | started sending immediately, using my husband as

a willing surrogate. Meanwhile, my sister was confined to a hotel

near the hospital and was being cared for by friends as she waited

for the surgery. The evening before her surgery was very hectic,

with people dropping in, but no one could stay long to talk and

help her relax.

207

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

| phoned her just before she went to bed. She said she was feeling

nervous about the anesthesia and possible complications. | told

her | planned to send her a distance treatment before her surgery

in the morning. | hung up and hoped she could get some sleep. A

few hours later, with my husband acting as a surrogate, we sent

her distance lIlahinoor at about 3:30 a.m. her time. The surgery

went well, but it wasn’t until sometime later that | had a chance to

ask her if she’d experienced anything special the night before sur-

gery. She reported that she had slept well and hadn’t been aware

of any physical sensations between 3:30 and 4:00 a.m; however,

she recalled having a dream that comforted her and helped her

trust that the surgery was going to be all right: She had dreamt

that both her legs were covered with water lilies and the water

lilies were gently massaging them!

| continued sending my sister distance Ilahinoor over the next

several weeks. One time, | was with Karin, and we sent llahinoor

together. Before we began, we held hands and invited my sister

to join us. Karin suggested we wait until we both sensed a sign

to proceed. Karin saw a pink light, and | felt a warm glow of love

in my heart. Then, with me acting as the surrogate, we sent my

sister distance Ilahinoor. | emailed her, letting her know about

the distance treatment she had received and mentioned the two

signs. To my amazement, she emailed back and told me her favor-

ite color was a fuchsia pink and attached a photo to illustrate. The

flower in the photo was exactly the same color Karin had seen!

Shortly after my sister’s surgery, something similar happened as

my husband and | were preparing to send her Ilahinoor. We were

holding hands, connecting through our eyes, and silently invit-

ing her to join us. Suddenly | sensed her energetic presence so

strongly, | could have sworn she was standing next to me on my

208

Attuning to All Life

right! | don’t recall what, if anything, my sister consciously experi-

enced during that treatment, but | will never forget her energetic

visit direct from California to our living room in Switzerland!

Reports from People I’ve Treated

Over the past year-and-a-half, | have treated people privately, in

workshops, and in our monthly llahinoor meetings. | love to hear

anything people wish to share about their experience, because —

as | learned right from the start — the effects of Ilahinoor can’t be

anticipated. During the treatment, people usually appear relaxed

— even to the point of falling asleep. But the relaxed state can be

deceptive. After some of the treatments, | learned that a few cli-

ents had been shown pictures of a past life, which they could then

connect to their present life.

In one session, a client alternated between diving deep into the

ocean and flying in the sky — she loved it and didn’t want to come

back! One went on an ocean journey and recognized herself as a

leading member of a whale pod. People suffering physically often

experience Ilahinoor energy moving through their bodies, clearing

out tension and softening their defensive body armor, making it

easier to release whatever is causing pain.

| find it amazing how even one session can make such a positive

difference in a person’s health and emotional well-being. | knew |

was onto something powerful when, after her first Ilahinoor treat-

ment, an energy practitioner opened her eyes and said, “Wow! I’ve

never experienced anything like that!” Recently, an Ilahinoor prac-

titioner whom | treat, told me matter-of-factly: “Ilahinoor is a safe

and pleasant way to have an out-of-body experience.” We both

laughed, but | thought that those words summed it up neatly for

many people I’ve treated so far.

209

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 35

From the Egocentric

to the Divine
by Kirstin Dennis

Kirstin is a beautifully aware healer living in close proximity to sev-

eral megalithic sites in the south of England. She can be reached

at kirstin@[Link].

| used to be normal. | did all the things a normal person would

do. | never questioned any of it. | was a busy salesperson having

a successful career. | was a mother with a busy family life and a

loving husband. | knew what was expected of me. | knew how to

keep my life ticking comfortably. | was safe.

This situation all changed during my first summer of visiting crop

circles. Until then, | had believed the media story that all crop cir-

cles were man-made hoaxes; however they are made, crop circles

are beautiful, peaceful places to visit, where people of all back-

grounds, including what the mainstream would consider “wacky,”

can meet.

During one of these crop circle visits, | met an interesting looking

group of people — Kiara among them — in the stunning Owl for-

mation of 2009. | was immediately interested when | heard them

talking about healing energy and wanted to learn more. A lovely

lady named Sarah offered to give me a hands-on demonstration

of the Ilahinoor energy they were talking about, which | eagerly

accepted.
| had never experienced any kind of healing energy before. Amidst

the dust and noise of the combine harvester getting closer and

210

From the Egocentric to the Divine

closer to our magical oasis of woven wheat, | received such a won-

derfully powerful Ilahinoor transmission that | was transported to

a lush meadow filled with wildflowers beside a beautiful mountain

stream. | found myself in tears, and when | opened my eyes had

the sense that my eyesight, hearing, and other senses had dra-

matically improved!

From then on, Ilahinoor has stayed with me. It somehow seems to

transmute any negative situation or blind spot | may be experienc-

ing, either by magnifying it so that | can see more clearly, or by

clearing out subconscious blockages or conditioning.

The first time Ilahinoor became very active for me, | was medi-

tating with chakra music under a beech tree at sunset. My entire

body began vibrating with an immensely strong energy never ex-

perienced before. | was not able to move for an entire forty-five

minutes, and it left me baffled but very excited. Looking back, |

now understand this experience as a sort of clearing of my neu-

ral pathways, a surge of cleansing, beautiful energy flowing into

all the cells of my body as it descended from the cosmos down

through me into Mother Earth.

My next encounter of a similar kind occurred during a crystal work-

shop while lying down inside a crystal array, taking part in a guided

meditation. At this stage in my life, | was spending time every day

teaching myself to see auras by letting my eyes go soft, and letting

my peripheral vision take over. | could only ever see a faint haze

around plants, animals, and people — nothing like the full-blown

aura that you read about in textbooks!

So there | was on the floor, the crystals amplifying the fine Ilahi-

noor vibration that | was experiencing at the time. This vibration

increased until it was nearly as strong as when | had done my

sunset meditation. As the energies coursed through my boay, |

happened to think of my mother in Germany. Immediately, | had

211

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

a vision of her surrounded by the most beautiful gold, turquoise,

and green colors! | do not know where this vision came from

— all | knew was that | had never seen anything like it before. |

then thought of my sister, and a vision of her in different colors

played before my inner eye. The same experience happened with

every person | thought about! llahinoor had enhanced my earlier

attempts to see auras to the point that | could see vivid colors

around people. It was lovely!

In the times that followed, | continued to experience gentle vi-

brations throughout my body, generally when | was in beautiful

surroundings, or when | spent time with people who moved me. It

was as if llahinoor was guiding me to seek out these surroundings

or people.

We are probably all aware that within a group of like-minded in-

dividuals, energy exchanges are much stronger, and that during

energy healing workshops, we often achieve unique insights. Such

phenomena continued to happen to me, and during one Ilahinoor

workshop, | gave Reiki and Ilahinoor to a lady who was feeling quite

depleted. While | worked, | suddenly began to see her chakras. Her

throat chakra glowed red, so | gave it extra healing. It turned out

that this lady had a thyroid condition! | was moving rapidly along

the path to being a healer!

During the two years that followed, | began to experience subtle

changes in my perceptions of life, and a more questioning attitude

to things | had taken for granted. | was gaining a he/licopter-style

overview of things, where | could lift myself out of my current dra-

mas to see the bigger picture. | became aware of how interwoven

we are with each other and the world around us. | began to ex-

perience a greater element of synchronicity, mostly in the form

of inspirational books or people who came into my life, always at

exactly the right time.

212

From the Egocentric to the Divine

Not only did | awaken to the interpersonal relationships of human-

ity, but | also became very acutely aware of all life forms on Mother

Earth. | always had a loving relationship with animals, but now this

bond extended to plants, too. | recognized the living being in each

plant, each with its own healing essence.

One day, as | wondered what it must feel like to be a tree, the ener-

gy started to flow and | simply became one! In my mind’s eye, my

arms were ancient branches with golden-green leaves absorbing

the Sun’s energy. | had a sensation of photosynthesizing the Sun’s

rays with my leaves, and felt a strong surge of energy coursing up

my trunk while being deeply grounded and anchored in the Earth.

My legs and feet had become a very complex root system. It was

amazing!

With all these beautiful experiences, however, was an aspect of

my journey that was not so easy. | had made many new friends
during workshops and meditation groups, but with regard to my

family life, especially my long-suffering husband, Antony, life had

become difficult. | had changed. | no longer identified with many

of the typical issues and problems of day-to-day family life. My

priorities no longer matched those around me. Yes, | was still func-

tioning within the family, but it was not my only focus. Antony

began to feel neglected and lonely, believing he no longer had my

support.

Antony was very understanding, and never tried to hold me back

from what | needed to do, but it was not easy for him to deal with

my changed attitudes toward him and the things that were im-

portant to him. We did not seem to have much common ground

anymore. The more | tried to involve and “convert” Antony toward

my world of spirituality, the more | pushed him away. We started

to argue. Deep down, we knew that we still loved each other, and

| longed for a more loving relationship with my husband. | had

213

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

heard about spiritual lovemaking, but we had never experienced

such a close connection — and now it seemed to be slipping to-

tally beyond my grasp!

Here, again, llahinoor wonderfully obliged. | was at an llahinoor

workshop with Kiara, in a beautiful safe caring environment, and

was doing an exchange with a very gentle, deep, and caring man to

whom | had felt instinctively drawn. As my partner, Matthew, (not

his real name) gave me Ilahinoor, | had an astonishing, life-changing

experience.

As | entered a state of energy vibrating and humming within, |

suddenly sensed myself surrounded by a love so deep, so strong,

and so eternally pure that it felt almost physical. As the transmis-

sion ended, | leaned into Matthew, and we stayed like this for a

long time, feeling like it was the most natural thing to do. This

was the closest | had ever come to spiritual lovemaking, and | told

Matthew so. All conventions appeared to have fallen away in this

deep state of love. In this timeless moment, | also realized that |

had known Matthew for a long, long time. | saw and remembered

us together in previous life times, living a spiritual life as medicine

man and woman amongst Native American Indians.

This experience was so amazing for me that | felt compelled to

contact Matthew once | got back home. It felt both reassuring and

unsettling to realize that Matthew had experienced the same wave

of love. We struggled to explain to ourselves and to each other

what had happened. | did not know how to discuss this feeling

with Antony, but instead found myself increasingly turning to Mat-

thew when | felt low, or when | needed a soulful conversation. Each

contact gave me a boost, and | felt myself being held in a beauti-

ful love. At last, here was somebody | could open up to, someone

with whom | could share my innermost thoughts.

214

From the Egocentric to the Divine

At times, the bond between us was so strong that we did not need

words or phone calls to communicate; it was based on a link of

pure psychic nature. Were we experiencing true Oneness, per-

haps? | had started to live life very intensely, surrounded by love,

soaring like a hot air balloon across the sky.

Although Matthew and | were communicating regularly, at no time

did we deem this new association to threaten our respective mar-

riages. We felt instinctively that this connection was of a different

kind, best described perhaps as a meeting of soul mates. It was

not meant to lead into anything else. Our precious connection was

simply enriching us, and infusing everything we did with love.

Over the next couple of months, this bond became very important

to me, and | must admit that it was clearly me, of the two of us,

who was the needy one in the relationship. It was always me seek-

ing answers and receiving advice on all sorts of matters from my

newly found, spiritually advanced, and well-balanced soul brother.

The whole Matthew experience was enhancing my life in a beau-

tiful and wonderful way. The feelings of love and freedom | was

experiencing actually made me feel much closer to Antony also,

and my love for him grew. But because this experience was all hap-

pening during an intensely busy time in our family life, we were still

rather distant. Antony was working sixteen-hour days on a huge

renovation project for our future, and he certainly didn’t have the

time or mental capacity to understand what was happening to me.

For the most part, | did not feel any guilt about what | was sharing

with Matthew. | had not done anything wrong in the conventional

sense. There was nothing physical in my relationship with him, and

this new feeling of love improved my whole life. What could be

wrong with that? Also, everything felt very innocent, especially

because our shared experience had happened within the sacred

215

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

energy of Ilahinoor. | was very grateful that Ilahinoor had shown

me such love.

However, it had also thrown me into deep turmoil, and highlighted

very strongly the incongruity between my husband and myself.

What’s more, | still had not found a way to explain to Antony what

had happened, and something had started to feel very wrong,

because | was keeping the source of my altered existence secret

from him. My life was starting to feel a little schizophrenic, and |

wished for an opportunity for things to come out into the open.

To make a long story short, Antony came across some of my

emails with Matthew one day, which showed quite clearly the spir-

itual intimacy we shared. In his mind, we were having a spiritual

love affair, which was even more hurtful than a sexual one. At least

the latter can often be explained in terms of lust: this one was far

deeper and therefore more painful. Here was another man who

exhibited a spirituality and sensitivity that allowed him to connect

with me on a deeper level than he, my own husband, could him-

self. He felt betrayed and utterly devastated.

My own response to this discovery was different. | felt a huge

sense of relief that things were out in the open. | felt that this sud-

den shock would bring him back to me emotionally; force him to

listen, to understand, to realize what had been missing. Whereas

he felt like our marriage was over, for my part | could see that now,

finally, we had the chance to build something new and stronger

together.

What happened over the following two months is a bit of a

blur. At first, | just could not see Antony’s point of view. | had

a sense of righteousness, because deep down | really did not

think | had done anything wrong; nor did | feel as terrible about

what had happened as Antony expected me to — which, in his

eyes, was adding insult to injury. But | could see the pain that
216

From the Egocentric to the Divine

my perspective was causing, and slowly began to understand

how he must be feeling. While maintaining a sense of detach-

ment from the drama, | began to feel a pure love and compassion

for my husband.

Very slowly, the situation started to improve. | made it clear to

Antony that | did not want to end our marriage; | loved him and

wanted to stay with him. As the pain started to subside, Antony

began to understand and believe what | was saying. We spent a

lot of special time together, trying to repair some of the long-term

problems that had developed during our years of marriage, and

were rebuilding our relationship.

Both Antony and Matthew had been wonderfully supportive when

things came out into the open. Once Matthew understood that

Antony felt hurt by the depth of our connection, he gently with-

drew, not wishing to cause further pain. But Matthew had become

my spiritual lifeline, and with this withdrawal my beautiful balloon

came crashing down to Earth. | lost the feeling of being fully alive. |

felt that in order to support Antony, | would need to deny the spiri-

tual lifeline | felt with Matthew. The support did not originate with
my husband, and was therefore not allowed within our society.

How we limit ourselves! In order to keep Antony, must | never feel

any other love? What was this love that | felt in the first place? It

was not a personal love but a part of myself, and the loss of this

love felt like a great gaping wound. In order not to hurt Antony, |

was no longer able to be truly myself; | could not feel or express all

that | was. Something within all this felt so wrong, so conditional,

but | could not really understand why and what. It was so much

greater than just the loss of occasionally talking with Matthew.

Help came in the form of a book called Wild Love by Gill Edwards,

which was recommended to me at exactly the right time by my

highly intuitive Reiki teacher. It describes the difference between

217

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

conditional and unconditional love. Antony read the book from

cover to cover, and began to really understand how we imprison

and tame our partner when we can only love them conditionally,

which is of course what we are all taught to do in a conventional

marriage.
This realization helped him to see my connection with Matthew

in a new light. He began to understand the free spirit of human

beings, and with the new closeness that had developed between

us, he was led to feel much more open and less threatened by my

spiritual path — and the people | might meet and love along the

way. He realized that he could free himself up as well, do more

things in his life, and share his wonderful openness and zest for life

with other people of either gender. We were starting to turn the

corner onto a beautiful road where we no longer felt so trapped

by the egotistical emotions we were expected to feel according to

the strange conventions of our modern world.

Six months on, we are still travelling along this road. We now know

where we are going, and we are both totally committed to going

there together. From my perspective, it is like | have a new hus-

band. Our experiences with Matthew, the Wild Love book, and the

week that Antony and | spent at a highly transformative Tantra

festival have brought us closer than | ever dreamed we could be.

Our relationship is now beautifully open and honest, and | can talk

to him about absolutely anything. He has been able to replace

what Matthew brought to my life, and a whole lot more.

| know many spiritual women whose husbands want absolutely

nothing to do with spirituality. | am very lucky that Antony has a

beautifully open mind, and is able to connect with his deeper self.

| believe in my husband, and | am convinced that together we can

support each other to develop this infinite love that can free us
from the illusion of separation.

218

From the Egocentric to the Divine

I’d love to say that it has all been smooth sailing, but that would

be far from the truth. In being so open and honest with each other,

Antony and | have had to deal with all of our ego-based emotions

as they come along. It sometimes feels like a crazy rollercoaster

ride! But as each situation arises, we know we can deal with it,

and it’s easier each time around. We are slowly but surely moving

toward a truly beautiful way of being together.

| know that we would never have been in this process of finding a

much deeper love, if Ilahinoor had not intervened in my life. So it

is with optimism for the future that | conclude the current stage

of my journey with Ilahinoor. It is a journey about finding and con-

necting with my true self — which is pure love — and to integrate

it into my life here on Earth. It is sometimes tortuous and painful.

But who said a visit to planet Earth would be easy?

219

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 36

The Sacred Feminine

by Kathleen Landbeck

Born in Chicago, Kathleen is a homeopath and Gestalt therapist

living up in the mountains of northern Italy. She can be reached at

[Link]@[Link] or through her website, My-se/[Link]

My journey with llahinoor began just a few weeks ago, but it has

taken me further than any fantasy | was ever capable of dreaming

up. llahinoor has blessed me with uncountable magical moments.

My neighbor here in this mountain village in Italy told me that she

was expecting a visitor — a healer and shaman — and that’s how

| first met Kiara. He was travelling through Europe, giving lectures

and teaching about how to tap into a divine energy he calls Ilahi-

noor. | was immediately touched by what he was sharing.

That night | dreamt that the most beautiful man came to me with

this question: How can a man show a woman that he truly loves

her? While | answered him, | realized that he wasn’t asking me be-

cause he wanted to know theoretically. He loved me and wanted

to know how he could show me his love! | woke up feeling totally,

unconditionally loved. | was beaming! My body was streaming

with heat and energy. My heart felt bigger than the house | lived in.

| felt | had to share this dream with Kiara the next morning. He

asked me what my dream response had been. | told him: A man

shows his love for a woman by acknowledging and worshipping

her true womanhood and by his willingness to learn from her.

What exactly /s true womanhood? Unfortunately, many of us don’t

have a clue. | myself had in past years just begun to get a glimpse

220

The Sacred Feminine

of understanding! Back in the 1970s, | was a feminist, and loved

working and being with women. But many of us were more caught

up in fighting male chauvinism than in discovering ourselves and

living true womanhood. Many of us had forgotten our intuition, our

nurturing talent, our ability to connect and communicate deeply,

our oneness with nature and mother Earth, expressed by the cyclic

physiology of our bodies, our strength and ability to endure pain

when necessary, our receptiveness and emotionality, our psychic

powers, our ability to heal, and — most importantly — our ability

to birth!
Dearest sisters, our deepest inner resources are desperately need-

ed on this Earth. Our western civilization needs our wisdom, and

our men need to share in our true womanhood. The state of our

economy, our environment, our Earth depends on this sharing. So

a man who loves a woman will acknowledge and value her true

womanhood, and will also understand that he needs to learn from

her.

He will not fear her. He will not abuse her in order to feel stronger

and more powerful. He will not reduce her to a sex object. He will

not try to own her. He will cherish her, do everything in his power

to keep her safe, listen to her, be passionate and compassionate

with her. He will support her inner growth and not feel the need

to compete with her. He will rejoice in her strength and rest in her

arms. Once there, he will find a haven where he can be all that he

truly is, where he can put down his masks, shields, and swords,

where he can rest and rejuvenate, be held and healed by her. Both

people will give up control, paving the way to passion, ecstasy, and

oneness. How can our men acknowledge our womanhood if we

ourselves fail to do so?

The next day, Kiara gave me the manuscript of his book Year Zero:

Time of the Great Shift. During the next two days, | could not stop

221

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

reading. If | had seen this book on a book shelf a month earlier, |

would have rolled my eyes and thought, my goodness, another

doomsday story that feeds on our fears. But, as he spoke of how

these global changes were serving the evolution of humanity, |

was fascinated. Kiara doesn’t preach in his book. He shares his

knowledge, convictions, and experiences, and simply invites us to

join him in making this world a more loving, compassionate place

to live. What a wonderful invitation!

| felt hope — a feeling that confused me at first. | had been trying

to make a difference on this Earth for years. Since | was a young

girl, | had been politically active, working for ecology and peace

movements, for justice in our educational and police systems,

for the rights of minorities and refugees. Everywhere | went, a

job seemed to be waiting for me. After the events of 9/11, | felt

overwhelmed and exhausted. | seriously questioned whether our

efforts over the years had made any difference at all. | changed

my strategy, and decided to simply focus on myself, address my

inner wars, my own hates, prejudices, and fears. | decided it wasn’t

worth engaging in a futile attempt to change the world, when | no

longer felt any such hope existed.

Hope, | had learned, was a trap that keeps us from being fully

here in the moment. How often had |, years before, settled for

less, put off being happy, held on to dysfunctional relationships or

unhealthy habits because | hoped something would change, some

day, somehow?
Kiara’s book talked about the enormous changes going on in our

galaxy that were affecting our Earth, about the Maya calendar,

about a pending evolutionary leap of consciousness. Reading the

book left me with a feeling that | had purposely not nurtured for

many years. But why?

222

The Sacred Feminine

Suppose we assume that everything we hope for is already here, a

true part of our living reality. What if our absolute and relative re-

alities exist hand in hand, two sides of the same coin? Then, hope is

not escapism, but perhaps a glimpse of a bigger living truth yet to

be unveiled. As | read Kiara’s description of the radical events and

changes moving toward us at a very face pace — but also of the

opportunity we will have to evolve into a more loving compassion-

ate human species — | cried. How | longed for this! Dare | hope?

Could he be right?

| attended his Ilahinoor seminar in Zurich a few days later. It was

a joy to witness the unpretentious, loving way he got his mes-

sage across to his audience, and how he touched so many hearts.

| found it easy to tune into this energy. It felt so strong and vibrant,

and went right through me as if no physical boundaries existed.

Everything seemed to quiver in me and around me. The atmo-

sphere was warm and open hearted. When it was my turn to give

llahinoor, it didn’t feel new at all! | was completely relaxed and had

great trust in this energy.

Much happened in the two weeks that followed, even though |

spent most of my time immobilized on my bed on the balcony. |

had been out hiking and had fallen, hurting my knee quite badly.

But somehow | felt very safe and cared for. Although it was in a lot

of pain, my body just would not accept any pain medicine. Since

| received Ilahinoor, my body had begun to change and my taste

buds were revolting against even my favorite foods like gelato and

cappuccino! Many days | could only eat fruit. | was sleeping much

less, waking up in the wee hours, even before the birds. | used the

time to write, to meditate, and to listen to my heart.

The hours between four and eight became a special time in

which my lIlahinoor journey would intensify. As my dream had

shown me, | was feeling a strong desire to transform my personal

223

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

relationships into a greater love. | knew what didn’t work! But

how do we learn to love? My experience with Ilahinoor was soon

to awaken in my heart this long forgotten knowledge!

Wouldn't it be helpful if we had a handbook that helped free us

from the emotional traps of possessiveness, manipulation, ag-

gression, and jealousy, all of which are based on feelings of being

unworthy and unloved — something that could help us stay not

just emotionally well balanced, but mentally and physically healthy

as well? Well, | am convinced that the Ilahinoor field is this living

handbook. Touching this field was like sinking into a bubble bath of

pure love. | was reminded once again what | had learned through a

message that came to me in meditation over a year before:

You are lovable, a jewel, a wonder, a divine creation, a loving and

creative expression of the eternal consciousness. You have suc-

ceeded in finding the path that leads to me. Your bravery is ad-

mirable and you are full of love and compassion. Be careful with

yourself. Keep your willingness to learn and to embrace your shad-

ows. You need not be perfect in order to be lovable. Just relax, and

be as you are in this very second. It is not necessary to add or take

anything away.

You can depend on me. | will always be there for you when

you need me. You have come a long way. You can rest and take all

the time you need. Relax and take good care of yourself. When you

continue on your path, go slowly and with awareness, step by step.

Take your time and everything will happen spontaneously. You are

a daughter of God. You are love and you are welcome on this Earth.

You are my daughter and I will take care of you. You are not alone.

You are in the right place at the right time. Feel my embrace and
let your trust grow. You are almost at your destination and have an

infinite amount of time.

224

The Sacred Feminine

Yes, indeed! We are creations of love, but who was this Creator?

| had no idea that the answer to this question was waiting for me

right around the corner.

| had signed up for a retreat in Germany with Kiara for the first

week in July. | could still hardly walk due to the pain in my injured

knee. My neighbors had to help me down the steep pathway to my

car, carrying my luggage for me. | got in the car, but on a sudden

impulse decided to leave my crutches behind. | still believed, how-

ever, that my first stop after the seminar would be the orthopedic

doctor.

After my first session with Ilahinoor at the retreat, the pain in my

knee was about 60% better. Every day afterward, it continued to

heal and, by the end of the five-day retreat, | was completely pain

free! The night before leaving | was actually dancing!

A still bigger discovery came during the shamanic breathwork ses-

sion, during which we were blindfolded. The journey | took over

the next two hours was an important stepping stone on my jour-

ney of awakening. | found myself in the galaxy, out among the

stars. | saw the Earth from this cosmic perspective, and all the pain

that was troubling her. | saw the pollution, the wars, the oppres-

sion, the rape, the hunger. | felt such great love for her.

| gently removed our suffering Earth from her orbit, took her into

my arms, and cradled her like a baby. | softly asked her, “How

could you have doubted me? | would never let you fail! Don’t you

know how much | love you?” Then, | slowly pushed Earth into my

abdomen and birthed her anew. And there she was, a new Earth,

healed and radiant. | was in awe! | put her back into her orbit,

and just continued to adore her from above, awed by her beauty.

Physically, | could feel in my pelvis the after pains of birth. It felt

225

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

sore, but there was so much joy seeing my beloved Earth in her

full potential — her full glory!

Then, my breathing stopped. It was fine. | didn’t care in the least.

At a certain point Kiara came and touched my heart. | took a first

breath once again. It felt as if | had been under water too long and
| gasped for air as | finally made it to the surface to fill my lungs

again. With this breath, | went flying through the cosmos at great

speed. | just kept going and going and going. It was soon clear

that there was no end, ever! Great laughter arose from me. Dis-

tance and the time didn’t play a role any more. | was everywhere

and nowhere. | had birthed a new Earth out of love. | was love. |

was a creation of love and | was the creator of love. | was cosmic

consciousness.

The next day, as we did a healing circle, we placed pictures and

names of people in need of healing in the middle of the inner circle.

| experienced very strange sensations in both of my hands. They

were electrified. As | looked at them, they felt somehow strange,

not really belonging to me. | could feel them being “rewired,” and

the energy emitting from them was strong. | knew | could heal

with them and stretched out my hands to hover over a picture

of a participant’s son who was struggling with burn-out. | was so

grateful and touched by the transformation of my hands!

For me, these bodily sensations and changes were important, for

they were a sign that | was really integrating what was happening

to me. Our minds are tricky and our egos are very creative! But the

wisdom of our bodies is totally honest. | have learned to depend

on that wisdom and to be guided by it.

In the weeks that followed, | grew more and more grateful to be on

this Earth, here and now. | truly was in the right place at the right

time. Now | am so very happy to be able to share this journey with

you.

226

The Sacred Feminine

These six weeks changed me, changed my life. Kiara once told me

that perhaps my years on the mountain were a cocooning. | think

he was right. | have a freedom now that seems to exceed all of my

dreams. My intuition has been sharpened, | feel deeply relaxed,

and | have learned how to heal in a new way. | no longer feel that

desperate need to make this world a better place to live in. Yes, |

will continue to help where there is a job to be done, but | know

that | am no longer the doer, just a part of an infinitely intelligent

and loving cosmic consciousness. In this | trust.

For me, it is not an accident that Ilahinoor attracts so many women.

Birthing is in a woman’s nature and we have a job to do! It is time to

transform ourselves and to create a new Earth. We can’t do it alone,

however! In my heart, | know that on the new Earth women will

once again fully embrace their true womanhood and this act will

help all men and all women develop the human potential needed

to create and live in loving, caring synergy with our great Mother

Earth. | look forward to seeing each of you there!

227

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 37

Rediscovering

My Inner Light

by Lila Heart

Lila is a writer and psychologist from Holland who enjoys travelling

the world. She can be reached at Lila. AwakenedHeart@[Link].

My Life a Few Months Prior to Ilahinoor

Before | met Kiara for the first time, | had heard stories about his

being an incredibly enlightened man. Perhaps it’s my rebellious at-

titude, or perhaps it’s my unique perspective as a young woman,

but that didn’t particularly thrill me. | had never been a seeker of

enlightenment, whatever that meant, and | wasn’t looking for any

kind of guru.
Instead of a guru, however, | found an old friend. At that time in my

life, | had been feeling immensely tired and depleted of energy. It

was a trying time — everything was shifting and | seemed to be

experiencing a Dark Night of the Soul. | can’t recall when exactly

it happened, but | abruptly awoke from this dream called Life and

began questioning everything around me. Nothing seemed the

same anymore, and everything | had ever believed in seemed to

be shattering in front of me. Even my closest friends had become

strangers. It’s like | never knew them. And if | didn’t even know my

closest friends, how was | supposed to tell what’s real and what’s

not?

My bubble burst when | started asking myself if | was really happy.

| felt like my whole life had become one big responsibility. Even

being happy felt like a responsibility. | couldn’t bear to grimace

228

Rediscovering My Inner Light

even when | was having a rough day because too many people

depended on me. Ever so slowly, | had slipped into a web of bur-

dens, putting everyone but myself first. | didn’t even recognize this

change until everything started falling apart.

It wasn’t anything spectacular, just a slow creeping realization, until

suddenly the world wasn’t the same anymore. When | found that |

was too tired even to get out of bed, | knew | couldn’t fool myself

anymore. | was stuck in a cobweb of illusions and conditioning,

continually attracting experiences into my life that were shaking

my belief system to the core. The very foundations of my life were

crumbling, exposing all the rot underneath. | didn’t know what was

true anymore, but desperately clung to what was familiar.

It was in this state of fatigue and fragmentation that | heard about

Kiara, who was doing a workshop close to where | lived. | hadn’t

read his book and knew nothing about him — just that he worked

with this energy field called llahinoor. Feeling depleted, and des-

perately needing an energy boost, | decided to go. | figured that

anything that could raise my energy would be welcome. | had no

expectations, but went with an open mind, ready to let the Uni-

verse unfold in front of me.

It’s not about gurus or enlightenment but about finding our Light

within.

| was curious about meeting Kiara — and if he really was what

people had told me. My first impression of him was that he was

an ordinary man, which surprised me in a positive way. Was it me,

or did he seem just like everyone else? At that point, rreferences

to gurus didn’t strike me as particularly positive. My reason for

feeling this way was that often gurus are seen as highly evolved

and enlightened beings with a great deal of knowledge, which is

all fine except that many students who are seeking gurus become

229

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

dependent on them and never learn to find the universal truths

and knowledge within themselves. lve even seen gurus who say

to their students that only they can heal them or bring them to

enlightenment.

Our journey on Earth is about freeing ourselves and more fully

embodying our True Presence. | could never accept that other hu-

man beings could tell me they are better than me, for in God’s

eyes or Source or Universe, we are all equal. And even though not

all gurus are like that, a great deal seem to be. So my resistance to

that whole image is deeply rooted within my being and has pro-

pelled me to find the Truth deep within myself — and not to look

so much to others for answers.

That’s why | found with great joy that Kiara is just a normal hu-

man being, just like me, just like everyone else. There’s no pretense

or trying to make himself out to be something more than he is.

And | liked this honesty and realness about him; | appreciated how

he encouraged people to find their own Light instead of becom-

ing dependent on him and seeing him as some all-knowing guru.

And this self-reliance is what llahinoor is about: finding your own

Divine Presence, and realizing that it has always been there. It’s

about anchoring your own Light, your Soul or Higher Self, within

your physical body — and living from that Space of Love.

llahinoor is about realizing your higher potential and letting your

actions stem from the infinite Source within. This feeling is what

we desire most, it is what many search for when searching for

enlightenment. But if we are projecting this feeling outside of us,

putting someone on a pedestal and worshipping him or her, con-

tinuously depending on others for answers, how can we find this

Light within? How long until we realize that the gurus we look to

for answers are simply reflections of ourselves?

230

Rediscovering My Inner Light

We never walk this journey alone; we will likely turn to others for

assistance at times. Yet this support does not mean we should rely

on them forever. Like baby birds, we are supposed to spread our

wings and fly. And, in return, we acknowledge and show gratitude

to those who’ve reminded us that we can fly when we've so mis-

erably forgotten. We find a great humility when acknowledging

those who have helped us become aware of our own Source of

Light, instead of becoming dependent on them and surrendering

ourselves in a helpless fashion until salvation comes.

This knowledge is what Ilahinoor is about for me. It’s about em-

powerment, not submission; it’s about taking responsibility for

ourselves and becoming aware of our own Light.

Life after llahinoor

llahinoor has helped me become aware of this Inner Light, of the

Universal Source of Love that fuels my existence. It has empow-

ered me and allowed me to experience a deeper awareness in my

daily life. | am much more grounded and hopeful, so that now | can

successfully master this life instead of seeking to escape it.

The first time | experienced Ilahinoor, | was surprised by how

strong yet gentle it is. | have worked with several energy systems

but have never experienced an energy that was strong yet soft. It

amazed me how much power exists within this softness. It is the

power of Love, gentle but strong, an unconditional love, a divine

power that nourished me.

In the weeks following my first experiences with Ilahinoor, the

same issues | had been dealing with before reemerged; but this

time they dissolved. What made a great difference was that even

though | continued to feel my personality disintegrating, | could

now surrender to it. | became aware of the forces that worked

231

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

with me and through me — of which | had earlier been unaware.

| became much more aware of the fears that held me back, and

my resistance to the process of healing and embodying my Soul

Presence.

| realized that | had lost a big part of myself in trying to identify

with the illusions of this world. This realization had already been

happening prior to llahinoor. But now, as | could let go of my con-

ditioned identity, | was starting to rediscover my true self. | could

go through this process of letting go with grace and composure.

Instead of clinging to everything | had ever known, | let go and

drifted off into the vast magnitude of the Unknown.

When | re-emerged | felt different. My state of mind had changed;

my mode of thinking was altered. | didn’t think in terms of prob-

lems but in terms of possibilities. | entered into a more continuous

state of awareness and observation without the need to judge

between wrong or right, and without much effort to maintain

this state.

At first, | fluctuated wildly. | would lose my awareness and become

disconnected with my soul, then awareness would come and |

would find my way back. Since then, it’s become effortless, and |

find myself in a more or less continuous state of awareness.

| still practice llahinoor regularly and have to say it has altered my

life. It has unleashed a dormant potential within me. For me, the

personal experiences with Ilahinoor have not been as important

as the shift in consciousness that has occurred in a short period

of time. The more | am willing to surrender to the universal flow

of life, the more rapidly these changes are manifesting themselves

through me and in my life.

232

Rediscovering My Inner Light

| believe these changes in consciousness can happen much easier

with the aid of Ilahinoor, but it is up to us to surrender to the

Infinite Source of Knowledge within, the part of us that knows

us better than our personal egos ever will. llahinoor is a guide,

helping to dissolve the conditioning and fears that keep us from

surrendering to our Divinity, the Inner Flame.

We can liberate ourselves from our hurt, sadness, pain, and anger

that we have learned to carry within, and which we often refuse to

acknowledge — for fear of rekindling a deeper, buried pain. With

the awareness and acceptance that Ilahinoor brings, this process

can occur naturally and with ease. And as we clear our pain and

heal our hearts, we can make room for our True Selves, our Divine

Selves.

233

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 38

Dying into Life

by Franz llah Loibner

llah is a wonderful spiritual therapist, healer, and artist who lives

near Graz, Austria. He can be reached through his website: [Link].

My experiences with Ilahinoor go back several years — actually

to the beginning of Kiara’s rediscovery of this divine force — and

continue to grow. It always amazes and humbles me to feel the

infinitely grand cosmic support we are given for our awakening

process. | have been using Ilahinoor to increase my consciousness

and to heal myself. | have used it with other people, and also with

animals. | have worked with Ilahinoor in group retreats and semi-

nars. The high vibrating divine energy of Ilahinoor has also been

extremely helpful in my Lomi Lomi treatments and in my care with

terminally ill people.

My own path of awakening has been shaped and assisted by a

number of wonderful experiences. | feel less and less attached to

any sense of a personal self; rather, | feel ever more strongly that

the cosmic currents unite us all. To my mind, this feeling is not

only due to my own desire to let go and surrender, but also to the

growing morphogenetic field of descending light that is shaping

our collective destiny.

Through the grace of Ilahinoor, | am more and more capable of

experiencing this feeling of unity, this deep emotion of being con-

nected to everything and to everybody, this oneness with all that

exists, this indivisibility of the internal and the external, the insepa-

rability of you and me. You and my own self: They are no longer

distinguishable from one another.

234

Dying into Life

A few years ago, when my ego spoke louder than it does today, |

believed that it was | who possessed healing powers. Nowadays,

| recognize that healing happens in the high vibrating field of

llahinoor, which simply allows the person seeking help to better

mobilize his or her self-healing potential.

An aunt of mine, for example, was diagnosed with terminal cancer

and imminent organ failure. The doctors gave her only twenty-four

or forty-eight hours to live. After an Ilahinoor treatment — with re-

mote group support by Kiara — she was released from the hospital

completely cured, and free from any cancerous tumors.

Working in groups is particularly strong because it amplifies the

llahinoor field. Feedback from participants covers the whole range

from visions of light to experiences of oneness, from feelings of

bliss to absolute speechlessness. In groups, it is usually not so rele-

vant whether you receive or give llahinoor... it is only important to

be surrounded by this field and to be permeated by it, right down

to every cell within and beyond the physical body.

Neither is it about holding any particular Ilahinoor points, but

rather to be fully present and let the energy do the work. These

external positions are helpful when you first start experiment-

ing with llahinoor, but after a while these become less important

than the ability to simply connect and hold the field of light. For

example, when making a Lomi Lomi treatment, | can make use of

the high-frequency lIlahinoor energy without any bodily contact,

even over vast distances, without any loss of intensity.

One of my most beautiful experiences with Ilahinoor was in ac-

companying my father on his last earthly journey. Over a period of

more than a year, | was privileged to hold the Ilahinoor points while

washing and bathing him.

My father was not a spiritual person in the classic sense, but as

he was able to open himself more and more to this experience,

235

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

he became increasingly calm, and more and more prepared to

leave. In the last days of his earthly life, he gave us the present

of his incredible willingness to accept this transition that we call

death; until his very last heartbeat, he let us share his magical

and miraculous passage.

The grace to accept his dying so fully, and at the same time to

share this journey with his closest relatives so beautifully, was with-

out any doubt strongly supported by the frequent Ilahinoor en-

ergetic work. Quite often | accompany dying people during their

last days and hours, and always feel touched and enriched by the

energies that become active during this process of transformation.

Held within the field of llahinoor, surrounded by the scent of fra-

grant oils and delicate incenses, | find that accompanying a dying

person through this gateway of death is always an indescribably

beautiful experience.

Apart from these special occasions in which it can be very help-

ful, Ilahinoor supports those who are ready to open their hearts

to the magnificent transformation taking place on Mother Earth

today. The energy of Ilahinoor, fully available to all, is a great help

in carrying us through situations of anxiety and fear, when we wish

to cling to what feels safe and familiar, failing to recognize that

change can be beneficial.

| have been in the Great Pyramid in Egypt, and | have gone swim-

ming with whales and dolphins in the open seas. These experi-

ences for me were very similar to what | have experienced in the

field of Ilahinoor. From the depths of my heart, | thank Kiara for

helping us remember who we are, so that we can allow ourselves

to be carried from separation back to oneness.

The energy of Ilahinoor is not the only way to make us aware of our

essence and our divinity, but it is a beautiful and graceful way to

evolve. May Ilahinoor nourish and accompany you on your journey

back Home.

236

Within One Moment

chapter 39

Within One Moment

by Tara Birgit Schallek

Tara is a shaman and Earth healer from Vienna, Austria. She is often

on the road and can be reached at [Link]@[Link].

=p

It all happened within one moment. Kiara sat in front of a man

and started to build up the soul-to-soul connection by looking

into his eyes. He wanted to show us how Ilahinoor works. And it

worked. Oh, yes. Within one moment, all happened. | could see the

transpersonal chakra fields above the man’s head being activated.

The global or planetary chakra field, the galactic chakra field, and,

on the top, a chakra field | have never seen before but somehow

know. | just have no name for it.

And what | saw was just beautiful and amazing. | could feel how the

man’s heart opened up and was filled with all this amazing light.

And then | could see the Merkaba turning around but also being

stabilized in a way. It all happened actually within one moment of

time. And | sat there pretending only to watch, but at the same

time realizing that all of us sitting around were part of this process.

Kiara went on helping to integrate what could be integrated. | un-

derstood that the procedure that followed was an integration pro-

cess, so that one is able to feel and so to experience what actually

already happened. The point is to open up the Ilahinoor field. Ila-

hinoor is part of our consciousness and when you focus on it, an

amazing potential opens up. So Ilahinoor is one of the bridges to

our potential. It is one of the tools we have been given for these

times and, on the other hand, it is timeless. It is a gift that only

works when you go into your heart where the bridge starts.

237

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

Later on, when | worked with llahinoor | experienced the love of the

Elohim. | could see Elohim energies surrounding us like columns of

light. Some people told me that they had never experienced such

a strong love. And this love opened their hearts; sometimes it even
felt like an explosion so that they could feel eternity within seconds.

And when they opened their eyes again, | could see this light flicker-

ing in their eyes.

| understand that giving Ilahinoor means working as a channel for

these energies, which also means receiving all this wonderful light.

And so | just simply let it flow, not trying to want anything, not try-

ing to heal or to be a healer. This experience has nothing to do with

me as a person. Ilahinoor can work with each person according to

his or her unique needs. We all have our experiences, our own jobs

to do here on this wonderful planet called Earth, and so not every-

one has to experience the same things. But one things stays: the

feeling of deep inner peace and LOVE.

For me, llahinoor is a bridge for peacefully walking over into my

potential. | have felt many of my old patterns dissolving. These pat-

terns may be useful until we reach a stage of consciousness where

we are ready to integrate and incarnate more; but then they are no

longer needed. And the one giving Ilahinoor is also the one help-

ing you to integrate, building up a field of pure love, where you can

easily take what is already a part of you.

For me, this one was Kiara and | am glad that it was him. Other

people were pretending just to sit around, but holding this strong

field so that | was able to take my steps. Thank you all! You made

it happen.
So whenever | get the impulse to work within the Ilahinoor field, |

just follow this impulse, knowing that | am just a channel that has

experienced the power myself.

llahinoor is always just a thought away and as soon as | think of it,

it is there; or, | am there.

238

In Resonance with Divine Love

chapter 40

IN Resonance

with Divine Love

by Dini Visser

Dini is a TM practitioner, music teacher, and Deeksha giver living

in Lelystad, Holland, and can be reached through her website,

[Link].

Some events in life make such a deep impression upon us that we

know we have to find out what is behind them. Such an event hap-
pened in November 2004, when I met Kiara and Grace for the first

time. They were giving Deeksha transmissions then, and there was

so much love being transmitted, | found myself unable to look into

their eyes. It was just too intense for my body, even though I had

practiced Transcendental Meditation for almost thirty years. After-

ward, | found myself held in a deep transcendent state that lasted

for hours, and only gradually diminished in the days thereafter.

| told myself that | needed to find out more about this energy. |

followed their Deeksha transmissions for many years and, in Au-

gust 2005, | became a Deeksha giver as well. But then suddenly

in 2006, Kiara introduced a new energy that had come to him in

Turkey — he called it llahinoor.

It felt nice and more grounding to bring the energy deeper into

the physical structure, especially when Ilahinoor was combined

with Deeksha. But this work was still in its infancy then, and | have

noticed over the years how it has grown and developed into the

strong, solid, full-grown energy it is now, able to penetrate into

even deeper levels of our physical existence — as if each new ap-

plication has opened the gate for integrating this energy even

deeper. And, over the years, it has felt like the morphogenetic field

239

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

of this energy itself has grown stronger, thus allowing new people

to more immediately have the same profound experiences.

llahinoor, although strong in itself, is easily combined with other

modalities, including Deeksha. | remember in the very beginnings

of my Ilahinoor practice, a long-term Deeksha giver expressed her

astonishment about how powerful this llahinoor energy felt for

her. And here are the words of another person after receiving her

first Ilahinoor session in a weekend course where we exchanged

llahinoor: “Wow, this is the best thing we ever did until now.”

Recently someone told me that she had started a new job in which

she at first did not feel at ease. All the new things coming to her

made her feel uncertain, fearful, and too wound up to sleep at

nights. Then she decided to give herself Ilahinoor after work and

now she really likes it. The job is the same, she said, but she herself

feels totally at ease again.

The beauty of it is that these kinds of experiences are happening

even when people practice it on each other for the very first time.

There is no need to go through an expensive or hierarchy-based

initiation before being allowed to share it with others. The energy

of llahinoor is simply available for everyone who is willing to open

to this morphogenetic field and everyone is allowed to teach it to

someone else; no hierarchy, no other person between...

For me, these three pillars — the TM-sidhi program, along with

Deeksha and llahinoor — are a beautiful garden of flowers en-

hancing and sustaining each other, opening my heart deeper and

deeper to the wonder of life. | have gradually learned to release my

fears of sharing what is real for me, even when | know that others

may disagree. | have learned to accept my dreams as potential

truths instead of pushing them away as unrealistic, for what is life

other than this potential for making our dreams come true? But

above all, | have learned again the real meaning of the word Love.

240

In Resonance with Divine Love

It is not always easy to live in a world in which we are often raised

to deny our inner world as unrealistic, a world in which the word

Love is so often misused for something it is not. Still, deep inside

we all need this Love so much. All life is simply an expression of

Love; WE are Pure Love in our deepest essence.

Once we have experienced this Love, then our journey of life can

begin in a new way, guided by a deep longing for wholeness that

stirs within our hearts. Nature starts to help and guide us more

and more: We are in the right place at the right time with the right

people so that we can give and receive gifts and guidance from

the Universe.
Every morning just after awakening, | practice Ilahinoor on myself,

lying in bed for as long as my body needs, allowing this energy to

bathe my body in light. | describe here an experience | had in July

2007, in which | underwent a rapid shift, from deeply held anger

to intense harmony, followed by a strong feeling of Oneness

and Love.

Waking up at 6.00 in the morning, | had planned to do some I/lahi-

noor and then go out to do my TM program in the dome. But | fell

asleep again and woke up much later with the experience of a big

wave of anger coming up inside me. Raging inside, | decided to do

some Ilahinoor work to harmonize.

Suddenly, it was as if a blanket of very soft light was laid

over me, consisting of a dense web of very tiny particles of light,

soothing, loving, peaceful, immediately dissolving all resistance

and anger. It felt so good to lie silently embedded in this web of

harmony that even moving to another position felt disturbing.

| found myself in a deep state of Presence, feeling at one with

whichever people in my life | decided to focus my attention on. |

felt a soft light and love flowing through me, causing my body to

weep intensely as deep hidden pains were released from the cells

of my body.

241

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

Just when I'd think it was over and make an attempt to sit up,

new waves of energy would flood through me, and the story re-

peated itself over and over. And even when | finally got out of bed

and went on with my day, it continued — waves of this intense Love

flooding through the cells, freeing blockages, freeing the breath,

and freeing the heart.

At a certain moment, when I experienced again this deep

union on the level of my heart, a very special, strong, solid en-

ergy started to move through my whole body, filling it, opening

the cells, feeling totally surrounded by it. Perhaps there was more

space created now for my higher presence to enter my body.

During a time when Kiara and Grace had gone to the Red Sea with

a group of people to experience swimming with dolphins, | had

the following experience, which highlighted for me the connection

between Ilahinoor and these beautiful cetacean beings.

For three days, | experienced how intensive dolphin energy

waves were sweeping through my body, making it alternately

laugh in ecstatic happiness and cry in a kind of sadness. One time

it went on for an entire afternoon. There was a moment that I felt

myself swimming skin to skin with a dolphin, our bodies moving

in synchronicity. Another time, | experienced being surrounded by

a circle of dolphins. The next day, still lying in lahinoor position

in bed, | experienced ecstatic love-waves again sweeping through

my body.
A New Addition

New additions to the Ilahinoor work seem to pop up when the time

is right. Some are probably only meant for our own personal use at

a particular time to help clear a specific blockage. But sometimes

it can be useful for others as well, and | would like to share one po-

sition | have been experimenting with in the hope that it can help

people in their process.

242

In Resonance with Divine Love

While lying in bed practicing Ilahinoor one day, after doing the Ila-

hinoor bridge and the heart activation, | found myself making a

connection between the Ilahinoor points in the back of the head

with the solar plexus region, which suddenly created a strong reac-

tion in that area. | went on and completed the session, as | normally

would, but felt this moment was somehow a missing link, allowing

the light to enter into a denser physical level of the body. It caused

in me a kind of cellular joy, which stayed that entire morning.

Practicing it on myself and others in the weeks afterwards, | be-

came aware that it can bring up some strong stuff, not only phys-
ically but also emotionally. It is a powerful position, but should

perhaps be used with caution, depending on the readiness of the

person receiving. It is also possible to use this solar plexus posi-

tion with the hands slightly away from the body rather than by

physically touching.

| have also used this position with people during a rapid eye move-

ment session with good results. With one client, whose issue was

loneliness, she started with an intensity of 9 (on a scale of 1 to 10).

After working for some time, it went down to 2. When | asked

where it was located in her body, she placed her hands on the heart

and stomach.

So after doing a rapid eye movement session, | started with the

llahinoor bridge and heart activation, and then placed my hand

a little out from the solar plexus with one hand while holding the

llahinoor points with the other.

As | expected, this position first activated the intensity of her feel-

ings up to 5, but after further rounds of the rapid eye movement,

she suddenly started laughing and went all the way down to 1.

Afterward, as we exchanged places and she began to work with

me, the same thing happened with me. | felt a rush of Kundalini

243
ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

through my spine, and experienced a complete clearing out as

well.

On another day, when lots of unpleasant things were happening

in my head, placing my hands in this position gave me a feeling of

soothing relaxation and balance. So this position can create acti-

vation as well as balance. It feels like an important addition to the

sequence when done with caution and care.

In summary, exchanging Ilahinoor with people has been a beauti-

ful gift for me. It is the energy of pure unconditional love, bringing

us into resonance with the Divine Source. Ilahinoor is a huge gift

to humanity, and | am grateful to Kiara and the Ilahinoor guides for

sharing it!

244

llahinoor and Deeksha

chapter 41

llahinoor and Deeksha

by Aurelia Taylor

Aurelia, along with her husband, Al, works with a wide variety

of healing modalities, including Deeksha and I/lahinoor. It may

be that the experiences shared here will be helpful for other

Deeksha givers wishing to combine these two streams of trans-

mission. Aurelia lives in Denver, Colorado and can be reached at

aureliatara@[Link].

| am hesitant to believe that there is only one flavor to divinity as

it expresses itself on Earth, and so | love trying new and diverse

ways to help bring those energies in for humanity’s expansion and

growth. Ilahinoor provides yet another avenue for seekers to ex-

perience that loving oneness.

llahinoor feels very feminine and nurturing in its expression, and

truly IS divinity in action. Because our groups all love llahinoor

so much and find it integrating and grounding, | would definitely

tend to believe it is helping to anchor the new cosmic energies

that are coming into Gaia. As represented by the symbolism of the

Star of David, Ilahinoor is divinity merging with form. | love saying

the word, //ahinoor. It honors another aspect of the Divine through

the Turkish tongue and certainly pays tribute to that part of the

world as a result!
Ann and Donna are Deeksha givers, and always conduct Ilahinoor

transmission at each of their events. They always ask people to

share experiences afterward and we almost always have people

sharing about Ilahinoor and the sweetness, softness, gentle touch

that they experience. Too bad | didn’t take notes over the years,

or you would have a book full of testimonials. But here are a few:

245

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

I’m Donna Baldwin. | first experienced Ilahinoor quite a few years

ago when | received it over the phone from Kiara. | felt the energy

and really got excited about it. Then | heard about it from two

Deeksha givers in Oregon and how it helped them integrate the

Deeksha energies. So | called Ann Hines, who was a blessing giver

working with me. | asked her and husband, Bill, to come over and

gave it to them, as suggested on Kiara’s web site.

Bill immediately felt the energy, even as | was talking and explain-

ing it to him. So we started giving it after our Deeksha events.

We'd take a little break and then end with sharing Ilahinoor. We

explained it was to help ground and integrate the Deeksha energy.

I’ve always experienced it as a soft, feminine energy and we love it

and use it and share it at all our events now!

My name is Bill Hines. | was introduced to Ilahinoor by Donna Bald-

win. The moment she sat down and started to talk about Ilahinoor,

having said llahinoor just once, | felt an infusion of very strong pro-

found energy, different from most energies | feel when | am medi-

tating. As Donna continued and guided me through the initiation,

it felt like a wonderful new energy that | would enjoy experiencing

time and again in the future. For me personally, the energy is a

magnetic frequency that is very soothing and grounding.

My name is Alicia Ponce and the Deeksha and Ilahinoor has cre-

ated an opening to heal with my mother, who passed over in 1980,

and that has allowed me to heal and continues to allow me to heal

the rest of my family as well.

My name is Kathleen Humphreys and I’ve been receiving Ilahinoor

for three or four years. It is amazing and such a complement to

Deeksha. It feels like a soft Divine Mother energy that is very com-

forting and soothing and encouraging. It’s just so lovely... there’s

just such a sweetness to it and | always feel so calm and peaceful

afterward. | really like it. | always like it!!

246

llahinoor and Deeksha

My name is Sue and I’ve been receiving llahinoor for four months.

What was so powerful for me the first time was that beyond the

fact that the evening was so powerful and just so moving, it con-

tinued to build and build for days afterward and just kept opening

and opening and opening things for me. My mother passed away

within a couple weeks of my first experience, and | feel that having

these experiences with Ilahinoor helped me be much more cen-

tered through her passage. It’s been such a blessing!

My name is Paul Barney-E/ and I’ve been a healer for several years.

The llahinoor was very interesting and | received it several times.

After one experience, | felt something break loose. Tears started

coming; that was different but it was things | needed to release. Of

course you don’t come to a public venue and say, “Oh, | need to re-

lease this and that, but so it snows.” It was wonderful... awesome!

My name is Cynthia Farley and lve been an energy worker for

quite some time and | just want to express my gratitude to you for

bringing this ability to work with Divine Light back to us again. |

felt the experience to be soft, warm, and complete!

My name is Sandra Gourd. | find that when we do Ilahinoor after

doing Deeksha it is such a soft, loving energy. It’s just like icing on

the cake. It’s just so wonderful, this energy, and the feelings that

you experience. | always feel my heart opening. It’s definitely a

nice addition to the Deeksha experience.

My name is Shirley Morgan. The first time | experienced the Ilahi-

noor energy, it was so incredibly beautiful. Each time | experience

it, it continues to be more and more beautiful. To me it feels like

such love, such compassion, such grace... it feels like a mother’s

hug. It just takes my breath away. It is a beautiful, beautiful energy

and | am so grateful for it!

247

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 42

Communicating with

Animals

by Barbara Maleah Chyska

Maleah is a horse trainer and also teaches classes in animal

communication. She lives in Luxembourg, and can be reached

at maleah@[Link].

—_o—

My name is Maleah and my life as well as my work is centered

around animals. | have practiced intuitive — or so-called telepathic

— communication with animals for as long as | can remember.

When I met Kiara some years ago and got to know Ilahinoor, |

felt it as a wonderful energy that helped me to change things in

myself. | always had the idea of taking this energy to my animal

friends and seeing how they liked it and what they thought about

it. In this chapter, | would first like to ask one of my best friends

and most important teachers, Tom, to express his experiences

with llahinoor. For those who may wonder, Tom is a seventeen-

year-old horse who has given me the honor of living with me for

nearly a decade now:

Can you imagine a place where there is love, nothing but love? A

love that allows everyone to grow and to become what he or she

is meant to be? It is the energy of Ilahinoor. We know it, because

it is our way of teaching. Pure unconditional love is the frequency

of change on this planet. And Ilahinoor is the same wave, the same

power, the same light. This light opens up a space within which

any transformation is possible. Even though our bodies can adjust

to the changes of our planet more easily, do not forget that we, as

parts of human families, help you to carry your emotions.

248

Communicating with Animals

We help you to learn and to transform, so sometimes our

bodies also get sort of stuck in lower frequencies. This sometimes

leads to quite a lot of pain, especially in the joints and spine. Us-

ing lHahinoor for animals means helping them to help their families.

Transformation happens quickly in our bodies and minds. We are

not so much attached to matter. Changes are rushing in nowadays,

so let’s ride the wave together, helping and guiding each other. You

just have to tune into the energy and listen, then you will under-

stand and start to see...

A friend of mine once told me that horses are said to be the

dolphins of the land. After all the years | have spent with them,

learning from them, teaching them, watching them, | believe it.

There is a reason why dolphin and horse therapies heal so many

people around the world. They are connected to this wave of

transformation, to this frequency of love. And when we connect

with this frequency, we also connect with their healing powers.

My closest friend is my dog, Leah, who is at this moment lying on

my bed warming my feet. She once answered my question about

why she liked Ilahinoor as follows:

When you practice Ilahinoor | understand you. Normally you try to

live your life thinking about everything but not feeling and knowing

what has to be done. It is very hard for me to connect with you in

this state. But when you are in this energy you are so clear to me.

Į can understand you, | can feel you. It is so relaxing for me, there

is no tension, no stress, and | know it is the same for you. This is

how the world is meant to be. Lead by heart and not by brain. Be

guided by wisdom and not by what you have learned. This is the
teaching of the planet and I love to see you connected, listening to

the messages Of life itself.

249

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 43

Rivers of Life

by Martina Nergl

Martina is an event organizer and media host living in Erfurt, Ger-

many. She can be reached through her website, [Link].

=j

“We are all waters of different rivers; that’s why it’s so easy to

meet,” said Yoko Ono many decades ago.

If we could see ourselves and our environment from this per-

spective, many things would be a lot different today. When we

look at the world of the twenty-first century, there is still geno-

cide, there is still war, there are still the games of secrecy and

power, there is still pollution everywhere, and exploitation of

environment resources. There are still millions of people unaware

of their inner wisdom and knowledge, while others still do their

best to keep a sick system going.

“I know,” you might say, “but what exactly can | do about it?”

Here is the good news: You are much more powerful than you

could ever imagine; and, as you come into an experience of unity

within yourself, you can change the world around you. Ilahinoor

can help with this effort. In my own practice during the past

years, llahinoor has helped me become aware of new dimen-

sions of human existence. It has allowed me to be interconnected

yet grounded, mentally more open, physically and psychically

healthier. My perceptions have changed from doer to doing, from

being an actor to being an observer.

This change has made my life easier, allowing me to stay in peace

with whatever changes are going on, reminding me to trust my

250

Rivers of Life
inner power and wisdom in all the actions and decisions | make.

And since every single human being is a perfect blueprint of the

whole universe, as we change inside, we change the world we are

living in. Take one minute every day to remember that we are all

water of different rivers, and that all these waters flow into the

same ocean. As we meet in this ocean, heart to heart, let us dream

a new world awake.

| would like to deeply thank Kiara Windrider for his maternal

wisdom, his universal knowledge, and his never-ending efforts

to make this world a better place. | appreciate his friendship in this

world — and between the worlds.

251

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

chapter 44

A Medley of llahinoor

Experiences

Awake in the Dream

by Catharina Roland (Austria: [Link]@[Link])

Nina is a documentary filmmaker from Vienna, Austria, who recent-

ly produced Awake in the Dream, a documentary featuring many

contemporary spiritual teachers and healers in an exploration of

our planetary future. Please check out her website, Awakeinthe-

[Link].

After reading Kiara Windrider’s book on Deeksha, and feeling a

desire to meet him, | travelled to Graz for an Ilahinoor workshop.

Receiving my first llahinoor by Kiara was a pure blessing, and |

immediately felt a wave of divine light filling the cells in my body.

But the most astonishing event happened the night after, when |

was woken up by an enormously strong and intense wave of ener-

gy, which travelled from the top of my head throughout my whole

body. | was literally shaken by this strong and loving energy, which

filled my cells and shattered the perceptions of my body’s limita-

tions. | could feel myself as ONE with everything around me, with

EVERYTHING THAT IS. What a divine blessing!

| appreciate Kiara’s work as a cocreator for the New Earth and feel

blessed by his friendship, touched by his gentle, soft, and powerful

appearance, and very grateful that Kiara is an important part of

the creation of the documentary Awake /n The Dream. Thank you,

Kiara, and oceans of love to you!

252

A Medley of llahinoor Experiences

Opening the Heart

by Gilia van Dienst (Netherlands: [email protected])

llahinoor is a great help in opening my heart again and again, so

that | can feel receptive at all times and have the courage to live

fully. When | connect with this field, | experience the world again

with wonder and feel much gratitude. Despite being on a spiritual

journey for a long time, | have moments when emotions and lim-

iting thoughts affect my happiness. Old trauma and misery get

triggered, and | experience myself going into fear. But when | con-

nect with this field, | recognize that these feelings are not real in

themselves. It becomes easier to go into my heart and experience

the qualities of love, compassion, trust, faith, hope, devotion, life

purpose, primal stillness, intuition, courage, creativity, joy, forgive-

ness, unity, devotion, gratitude, and synchronicity.

When | go into my heart, these qualities flow freely. In order to

make this transition out of pain and tightness, | need softness. The

enormous energy of Love | experience with Ilahinoor becomes a

door into my heart! This feeling allows everything to flow again. |

am who | am again — a divine being on an earthly journey. And it is

very easy to let Ilahinoor work for me. If | haven’t used it for a while,
| go through all the steps to open the field. But when | use it regu-

larly, | feel that it starts to flow as soon as my attention goes there.

llahinoor is a great way for me to help myself, so | can then teach

others to open their hearts. It is the sweetest thing | know how to

do!

Hahinoor and the Innernet

by Corinne van den Eeden (Luxembourg: [Link]@

education./u)

For me, llahinoor is access to the morphogenetic field of light. And

this field is like the /anguage of the heart, a language everybody

253

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

understands somehow: humans, animals, and all living creatures.

It is like the language we spoke before we built the tower of Babel.

It’s a symbol of what we can achieve if we speak the language of

the heart.

When Kiara talked about the innernet in one of his Ilahinoor work-
shops, at first | did not understand what it was about. | tried to

imagine how it would work; it scared me, too. Would | be able to

use this innernet? Two days after the Ilahinoor workshop, | made

an astonishing discovery. | sent a short message via my mobile

phone to a dear friend of mine. Some minutes later, | heard her

answering in my head and saw her answer before my inner eye,

like a short message for my head.

It made me smile because | felt the feelings she was sending with

this message, too. This entire exchange took about a minute. Ten

minutes later, | received her short message on my mobile phone.

It was exactly what | had experienced, but without the sound and

the feelings. My experience showed me that this innernet did ex-

ist, and | knew that when the moment came, | would know how

to use it!

Floored by the Light

by Depy Surya Spyratou (Greece: surya_and_pepsi@[Link])

In November 2009, | started reading Kiara’s book Journey into

Forever while in Puttaparthi, India. One day, | took it with me to the

German Bakery and was reading it over a cup of coffee. A friend

approached, sat at my table, and said to me, “You know, he is com-

ing to Puttaparthi next month and will be staying in the building

right next to yours!”

| was amazed, first of all because | found the book so interesting,

and secondly because | had never before taken a book to read at

254

A Medley of llahinoor Experiences

the German Bakery. It was obvious that | had done so in order to

receive this message and eventually to help plan Kiara’s trip!

He arrived in December for a few days only and we quickly man-

aged to arrange an Ilahinoor group at a friend’s house. After Kiara

gave us an introduction to himself, his work, and the wonder of

llahinoor in our lives, he called me up to be the first participant in

his llahinoor demonstration.

We sat opposite each other, looked deep into each other’s eyes,

and then he placed his hands on my head, one on the forehead

and the other near the back of the neck, and held this position for

some time. As | sat on the floor, | thought to myself, “What am |

going to tell all these people who are now watching me and wait-

ing for me to tell them what is happening? Nothing is happening.”

And then, SUDDENLY IT HIT ME!!! | literally felt this enormous en-

ergy hitting me, coming into my body from the top of my head.

It was SO strong that | couldn’t remain seated. | felt dizzy and

started rocking back and forth. Kiara helped me to lie down on the

floor and there | LAY FOR 45 MINUTES UNABLE TO MOVE. | tried

to get up but it was impossible, and every time | tried, waves of

nausea forced me back onto the floor.

Another group member who was sitting very close to me was

trembling uncontrollably throughout this time.

| could hear everything, but was totally unable to move and lay in

a world that seemed very different to the world | had just been in.

For days after this experience, | was flying. Not only was | happier

and calmer, but also my so-called “big problems” seemed so much

smaller now, my worries became fewer and fewer and everything

in my life seemed to flow.

255

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

If only we could work with Ilahinoor more, how different our lives

would be!

Wonderful Experiences with Ilahinoor

by Arianna Urania Stalder (Switzerland/Malta: raghura@[Link])

During Easter 2010, | received with Kiara and friends wonderful

gifts of awareness and perception from the spiritual world and the

llahinoor treatments. Since then | have integrated this Ilahinoor

light into my healing treatments, which were among other things

| offered for six months at a spiritual training center during the

summer and autumn of 2010.

Really wonderful and lasting healings took place there! | would like

to describe what happened very simply:

In the first stage of the treatments, while making eye contact (the

soul merge), many faces that didn’t belong to our present time

were shown to me, and | discovered they had to do with past in-

carnations. These are appearing now, it seems, because the time

has come when old, energetically stored charges want to take

their leave, charges that had previously been impossible to access.

This experience lasted for different lengths of time, and some-

times faces appeared that looked agonized and tormented, and

not very comfortable! When the contours became fuzzy and only

violet light appeared, this was a sign to me that the issues were re-

solved, either for the moment or, in most cases, released for good!

Then | could continue, connected with the morphogenetic field

and spiritual helpers, working with the guidance | was being given.
The joy and gratitude of the people and the reports of their

experiences make me very happy; they give me the assurance

that I’m able to make a contribution to the whole, to the grow-

ing consciousness here on Planet Earth. Some people made com-

ments like these:

256

A Medley of llahinoor Experiences

e They felt like they were newborn

e They become aware of old burdens and clearly felt a release

e So much love and warmth

e Feeling of freedom

e Plus lots of positive and loving feedback...

My heart is full of gratitude and love, and I’m happy | am able to

contribute to the ascension of willing people.

Hahinoor and Reiki

by Ewa Jankowska (England: emdmrd@[Link])

| came across llahinoor last year when Kirstin phoned me to see

if | would like to come to a course to learn about Ilahinoor. At the

time | was looking for something but didn’t know exactly what —

so, when Kirstin phoned me it seemed like such a synchronicity.

The next thing | knew, | was in the course learning all about this

amazing energy called Ilahinoor. When | was given a treatment/

transmission of Ilahinoor | felt peaceful and nurtured. The energy

was so powerful — | was totally amazed.

After the weekend, | was interested to see what would happen to

my healing. | run a holistic healing practice and have been work-

ing with Reiki energy for over ten years. The healings | have been

doing since that weekend have been so much more powerful. My

clients have been relaxing more and relaxing much more quickly.

The healing that has been happening is amazing. | also feel the

energy flowing through me much more powerfully than before.

It feels very strong and direct, but at the same time healing and

nurturing.

lHahinoor and Psychotherapy

by Annette Lehmacher (Germany: AnnetteLehmacher@[Link])

Whenever people with anxiety problems came to see me, | use

llahinoor as an additional tool to my work, especially when clients

257

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

are very activated right in the beginning of a session. | gently

interrupt their flood of words and touch them on their heads,

building the llahinoor bridge and letting the energy flow for a cou-

ple of minutes. Afterward, they always sense a remarkable release

of stress or anxiety, and we are able to continue the work much

more effectively.

Hahinoor and the Clearing Process

by Melek Mjaanes (Turkey: melekhakyemez@[Link])

llahinoor has made a major shift in my life and work. The first time

| received it from Kiara, my heart started to pound as | had never

experienced before. The strong beating continued for almost a

week. | was irritable and needed time for solitude, feeling very vul-

nerable and out of control. It went down into my solar plexus and

pelvis. | had no idea about what to expect and what not to expect.

At the end of the week, things started shifting in my life. | had to

let go of certain relationships, others transformed.

Issues that had bothered me for some time started either to re-

solve or to bother me even more, thus pushing me to make in-

ternal changes. The effect was like a wave, passing from me on

to the others with whom | was in contact. | am extremely grateful

for getting to know Kiara and for having Ilahinoor in my life. It is

a continuous healing process for us all. We meet once a week on

Wednesday evenings in my home and practice Ilahinoor, and just

let it emanate!

Treating my Cat

by Renate Fischer (Switzerland: fischerinstrument@[Link])

| have a British-Blue cat named Sissy. Two years ago, when she was

fifteen, Sissy had a slight stroke. When she became active again

after a few days, | noticed her dragging her right back paw and

limping. So | began giving her Ilahinoor treatments throughout

258

A Medley of llahinoor Experiences

that summer. She visibly enjoyed the treatments and, at the end

of the summer, | was happy to see she could walk normally again.

Two weeks ago, shortly before Sissy turned seventeen, | saw her
having trouble jumping up onto a chair, and | realized her lower

back had given out. Once again, | began treating her, this time

every evening. Now, two weeks later, it is much easier for her to

move.

| am fully convinced that the Ilahinoor treatments are lightening

my cat’s twilight years.

A New Energy

by Kimberley Jones (England: kimberleyjones@[Link])

As a healer and energy intuitive, | have had broad experience of

different energies and healing modalities, and it is quite something

for me to encounter an energy that feels at all new or remarkable

to my system.

The moment Sarah contacted me about Ilahinoor, | felt something

deep in my bones that declared “YES!” As she prepared to share

the energy with me, sacredness in the room was tangible. | felt a

matrix of support and excited attention surround me as guides,

light beings, and pockets of observing consciousness became

alert. | could sense something important was happening.

As the transmission continued, | became aware of the left and right

sides of my brain dancing with each other and trying to engage

with what was going on. Neither side could; that dialogue seemed
to be bypassed altogether. This was an exclusively sensory experi-

ence. It felt great to let go, to feel my mind letting go of the need

to know, and my body letting go of the need to hold.

259

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

The energy comforted me deeply throughout the session. | felt

safe, held, and deeply nourished.

The hand positions crossing the body prompted the energy to

begin moving within me in a particular way. | could feel it. An

ascending spiral of energy began moving up my spine; the ef-

fects of this motion could be felt through my whole body. Then,

a descending spiral began swirling down my spine, intertwining

with the ascending spiral. Over this sensory image developed a

superimposed layer of something else. Gradually it became clear

to me that | was seeing/sensing a DNA helix and being shown

the process of my own DNA changing in response to Ilahinoor. |

have never consciously experienced this sensation before.

Then | became aware of the stream of Source energy and Earth

energy directly entering my system via these spiraling energy

channels and portals that had been energized within me. | felt a

deep balance and peace within my heart. | could taste the new-
ness and the ancientness of Ilahinoor. | was changed.

Through the Earth Connection was the feeling of a loving mother

nurturing me that, along with the Spiritual Father Light that was

flowing into me from above, allowed me to feel safe enough to

arrive more fully into my body. This experience resulted in some

strong feelings in my joints and muscles, that soon passed, but

which | enjoyed as confirmation that a deep process of embodi-

ment had accompanied the influx of Light.

This energy feels as natural and simple as the breath. Pure Light

and Love is beyond ownership, but | was certainly grateful to re-

ceive the blessing of this energy and | look forward to sharing it

with others.

260

A Medley of llahinoor Experiences

Love In My hands

by Caroline Probyn (England: c_probyn@[Link])

One of the most astounding effects of Ilahinoor is to so quick-

ly break through and dissolve old patterns; stubborn ingrained

resistances to the gentle persuasion of Love’s truth, but with-

out needing to delve into reasons or histories — although these

may naturally surface, to be washed away in the soft stream of a

mother’s touch! Ilahinoor is a gift in the truest sense, in that it is

given, wholly and completely — not on loan, not half given with

strings, attachments, preconditions — but given from the heart to

the heart, to be passed on to other hearts.

And the only requirement to give or to receive it is being human,

being here, and being willing. There is no teaching to follow, or

enlightenment to attain, only the experience of complete, open

acceptance of the perfection of Love that we always are and that

is always at our disposal.

llahinoor has been one of the deepest and most tangible experi-

ences | have had of pure, unconditional love, and the transfor-

mations it has brought have entered my heart like waves upon

the shore — with the gentle insistence of the dearest and most

honest friend.

llahinoor is like being cradled again in the arms of your mother.

When the going gets bumpy and the Earth beneath your feet feels

unsure, she is there and you know you can fall into her Great Love,

and be rocked by her gentle words, “Yes, | am here, | am still here

for you, it’s OK, FII never leave you!”

This week, when | was getting myself into a typically anxious state

about something, my hands automatically and quite unbidden

flew up to my chest and rested on my heart and | found myself

261

ilahinoor ~ kiara windrider

saying over to myself, “Calm down, it’s not important, calm down.”

In that moment, my hands seemed to belong to someone else,

some far more evolved being than | could imagine myself to be at

that point in time!

At any rate, there was Love in my hands, even while there was

anxiety and fear in my mind and heart, as though my body’s own

wisdom had overridden my mind at that moment. It was an ex-

traordinary sensation, to be commanded by the part of myself that

appears to have moved forward since my meeting with Ilahinoor. It

worked — miraculously!

The White Mist

by Sue Rees (England: sue@[Link])

| asked Spirit to give me some information about Ilahinoor. It

showed me a vision of Earth covered in a white “mist” — this, it

said, was llahinoor. It showed me a chain of people around the

world, holding hands. It then showed me the Ilahinoor energy

coming into my chest from above, in a sort of funnel shape. Spir-

it described Ilahinoor as “the light that shines from God,” which

“causes us to know His acceptance.”

A Closing Definition

by Susie Ankhara (England: susieankhara@[Link])

llahinoor is a soft, gentle, and loving energy that has the potential

for profound shifts in conscious awareness and understanding. It

also has a beautiful balancing and grounding affect on the physi-

cal body. Once attuned, the energy is always available and may

be called upon at anytime, simply by naming it, or by thought or

feeling: “ILAHINOOR.”

262

END NOTES

1. Kiara Windrider, Year Zero: Time of the Great Shift (Boulder, CO: Divine

Arts, 2011).

2. Paul LaViolette, Earth Under Fire: Humanity’s Survival of the Ice Age

(Rochester, NY: Bear & Co, 2005).

3. Although there seems to be evidence pointing to a 12,000-year pulse,

other researchers are equally convinced that the timing of these pulses

corresponds to a 13,000-year cycle or a 11,500-year cycle. It all seems

to come down to the length of the precessional cycle, which is calcu-

lated in different ways by different people at different times. | am not so

attached to the exact length of these cycles, as there is a wide enough

range in geological data so that the same data can fit both models. | do

feel, however, that we are in a transition zone between cycles, whatever

their precise periodicity may be.

4. Douglas Vogt, God’s Day of Judgment: The Real Cause of Global Warming

(Bellevue, WA: Vector, 2008).

Chapter 2

iB Robert W. Felix, Magnetic Reversals and Evolutionary Leaps: The True

Origin of Species (Bellevue, WA: Sugerhouse, 2009).

Chapter 3

1. See article on <[Link]

noaa-data-rapid-pole-shift/>

2. Talk by Don Alejandro Cirilo available at <[Link]

com/2007/03/[Link] >

Chapter 5

1. See Aluna Joy Yaxk’in’s website <[Link]

[Link]> for further details.

Chapter 7

1. Coleman Barks, The Essential Rumi (New York: Harper Collins, 1995).

Chapter 8

A King James edition of the Bible, John 14:12

2. This descriptive phrase is taken from the books of Tom Brown, Jr. It is

the closest description for me of what “God” essentially means.

3. Kiara Windrider, Doorway to Eternity: A Guide to Planetary Ascension

(Mount Shasta, CA: Heaven on Earth Project, 2001).

Chapter 9

1. Kiara Windrider, Deeksha: Fire from Heaven (Maui, HI: Inner Vision, 2006).

2. Inthe past couple years, some changes have been made within the

organizational structure of Oneness University that need to be

acknowledged. The initiation fees are no longer so high, and Deeksha

initiates are now encouraged to share the training with anyone they

choose anywhere they choose.

Chapter 26

1. See Adyashanti’s website <[Link]

2. Adyashanti, Emptiness Dancing (Boulder: Sounds True, 2006).

Chapter 30

alt King James edition of the Bible, John 18:36

263

About Kiara Windrider

Kiara Windrider, MA, MFT, spent much of his early life traveling

and practicing various spiritual traditions in India. A life-long in-

terest in environmental healing, peacemaking, and social justice

led to a dual degree in peace studies and international develop-

ment through Bethel College, North Newton, Kansas.

Later, he completed a graduate program in transpersonal counsel-

ing psychology through JFK University in Orinda, California, and

worked for many years at an alternative psychiatric center called

Pocket Ranch Institute, which specialized in healing emotional

trauma and facilitating spiritual emergence. He received a psycho-

therapy license (MFT) from the State of California in 1998. He has

also trained in various forms of bodywork, breathwork, hypnother-

apy, and shamanic healing.

A major interest of Kiara has been understanding planetary and

cosmic cycles and their relevance to humanity’s journey of awak-

ening. He has approached this study through the eyes of sha-

mans, geologists, historians, physicists, prophets, and mystics.

From this research, he has come to the firm conclusion that we

264

stand collectively at the brink of a quantum evolutionary leap

beyond our wildest dreams.

He is currently focused on planetary healing using a system of

anchoring divine light known as Ilahinoor. His greatest wish is

to live fully in the wonder of each moment and to help awaken

this beautiful planet to her destiny. He has written four books:

Doorway to Eternity: A Guide to Planetary Ascension, Deeksha:

The Fire from Heaven, Journey into Forever: Surfing 2012 and

Beyond, and Year Zero: Time of the Great Shift.

Please visit his websites [Link], [Link], and

[Link]. Kiara travels frequently and is available for confer-

ences, seminars, and retreats around the world. Suggestions and

comments are always welcome and may be addressed to kiarawin-

drider@[Link]. He can also be found on Facebook.

Kiara was born on March 6, 1959, at 2:06 a.m. in Bombay, India.

265

ALSO BY KIARA WINDRIDER

YEAR ZERO

TIME OF THE GREAT SHIFT

le GREAT SH IDET

YEAR KIARA WINDRIDER

/ E R O Time is cyclical, not linear. The year

2012 represents both the end of a

great cycle of time and the dawning

of a new one. Drawing on meticulous

research as well as personal sha-

manic experience, Year Zero: Time

of the Great Shift clarifies the “big

picture” of planetary evolution from

the perspectives of ancient wisdom

and modern science, revealing an in-

tricate interplay between phenomena

(such as galactic superwaves, mag-

netic pole reversals, evolutionary

impulses within matter, and the de-

scent of supramental light) in order

to shape a new species of humanity on a rapidly evolving earth. Rather

than waiting passively for something to happen to us, now is the time

to actively dream a new world awake!

“As I write, | am days, possibly hours, from experiencing the birth of my

first child. | can barely contain myself as | implode with gratitude for the

gift of Year Zero! Every word resonates on a cellular level, awakening

ancient memories and realigning my consciousness with an unshakable

knowing that the best has yet to come. This is more than a book; it is

a manual for building the new world! A world | am honored to leave to

my child.”

— Mikki Willis — new father/founder, Elevate

“I read this book twice because it was so provocative and compelling.

Kiara Windrider has done something almost no other author has before.

He has built an architecture - at the same time both scientific and spiri-

tual - that, better than almost any other book | have read, explains what

is going on in our world, solar system, and galaxy today ... and where

this all is going and what its implications for humanity are likely to be.
Year Zero is an unusually authoritative, integrated picture of the future!”

— John L. Petersen, Editor of FUTUREdition and

author of A Vision for 2012: Planning for

Extraordinary Change

$16.95 | 211 PAGES | ORDER NUMBER: YEARZERO | ISBN: 9781611250077

TW an imprint of MICHAEL WIESE PRODUCTIONS

DIVINE ARTS sprang to life fully formed as an intention to bring

spiritual practice into daily living. Human beings are far more than

the one-dimensional creatures perceived by most of humanity and

held static in consensus reality. There is a deep and vast body

of knowledge — both ancient and emerging — that informs and

gives us the understanding, through direct experience, that we are

magnificent creatures occupying many dimensions with untold

powers and connectedness to all that is. Divine Arts books and

films explore these realms, powers and teachings through inspiring,

informative and empowering works by pioneers, artists and great

teachers from all the wisdom traditions.

We invite your participation and look forward to learning how we

may better serve you.

Onward and upward,

Michael Wiese

Publisher/ Filmmaker

[Link]

HERE ARE OTHER DIVINE ARTS BOOKS

YOU MAY ENJOY

THE SACRED SITES OF THE DALAI LAMAS

by Glenn H. Mullin

“As this most beautiful book reveals, the Dalai Lamas continue to teach us

that there are, indeed, other ways of thinking, other ways of being, other

ways of orienting ourselves in social, spiritual, and ecological space.”

— Wade Davis, Explorer-in-Residence, National Geographic Society

YEAR ZERO: Time of the Great Shift

by Kiara Windrider

“I can barely contain myself as | implode with gratitude for the gift

of Year Zero! Every word resonates on a cellular level, awakening

ancient memories and realigning my consciousness with an

unshakable knowing that the best has yet to come. This is more than

a book; it is a manual for building the new world!”

— Mikki Willis, founder, ELEVATE

THE SHAMAN & AYAHUASCA: Journeys to Sacred Realms

by Don José Campos

“This remarkable and beautiful book suggests a path back to under-

standing the profound healing and spiritual powers that are here for

us in the plant world. This extraordinary book shows a way toward

reawakening our respect for the natural world, and thus for ourselves.”

— John Robbins, author, The Food Revolution, and

Diet For A New America

A HEART BLOWN OPEN:

The Life & Practice of Zen Master Jun Po Denis Kelly Roshi

aii by Keith Martin-Smith

Ep ' “This is the story of our time... an absolute must-read for anyone with

$ E even a passing interest in human evolution...”

ar — Ken Wilber, author, Integral Spirituality

KEITH MARTIN-SMITH

“This is the legendary story of an inspiring teacher that

mirrors the journey of many contemporary Western seekers.”

— Alex Grey, artist and author of Transfigurations

į SOPHIA-THE FEMININE FACE OF GOD:

J Nine Heart Paths to Healing and Abundance

by Karen Speerstra

“Karen Speerstra takes us on a journey of the mind and heart through

history, psychology, myth, archeology and architecture; through the

width and breadth of time and culture. Hers is a tapestry of words

that would have made weavers of the ages proud.”

— Craig S. Barnes, author, /n Search of the Lost Feminine: Decoding

the Myths That Radically Reshaped Civilization

1.800.833.5738 * 25% discount available online e [Link]